M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited - Environmental Clearance

[UID No.: AECPL/EIA/PAN-5(b)/2020/04]

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR THE EXPANSION OF EXISTING PRODUCTION CAPACITY & ADDITION OF NEW

AGROCHEMICALS AND INTERMEDIATES PRODUCT (259.4 MT/MONTH TO 1495 MT/MONTH)

[Project/Activity No. - 5(b), Cat.-‘A’]

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch- 393 001, Gujarat

BASELINE MONITORING PERIOD: March 2018-May 2018[ToR MoEF&CC Vide letter No. IA-J-11011/90/2020-IA-II(I), dated 04-04-2020]

Prepared By

Anand Environmental Consultants (P) Ltd. (QCI / NABET Accredited and NABL Accredited)

NABET Approval No.: NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0167 16, Everest Tower, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-380013,Gujarat

Phone No.: 079-27484871, E-mail: [email protected]

August - 2020

EXECUTIVE SUMMURY OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

FOR THE EXPANSION OF EXISTING PRODUCTION CAPACITY & ADDITION OF NEW

AGROCHEMICALS AND INTERMEDIATES PRODUCT

(259.4 MT/MONTH TO 1495 MT/MONTH)

[Project/Activity No. - 5(b), Cat.-�A�]

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate,

Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch- 393 001, Gujarat

Prepared By

Anand Environmental Consultants (P) Ltd. (QCI / NABET Accredited and NABL Accredited) NABET Approval No.: NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0167

16, Everest Tower, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-380013,Gujarat Phone No.: 079-27484871, E-mail: [email protected]

August � 2020

Annexure - A

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited

Page E1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Subject:

i. The proposal is for environmental clearance to Proposed Expansion in Production capacity of existing products as well as addition of new agrochemicals and intermediates products (259.4 MT/Month to 1495 MT/Month) within the existing premises at Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch- 393 001, Gujarat.

Proposed Expansion in Production capacity of existing products as well as addition of new agrochemicals and intermediates products (259.4 MT/Month to 1495 MT/Month) within the existing premisesat Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch- 393 001, Gujarat. - Environmental Clearance - reg.

The Project Proponent and the accredited Consultant M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. made adetailed presentation on the salient features of the project and informed that:

ii. The project proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2), MoEFCC and recommended/ issued the Standard Terms of References (ToRs) by Ministry vide letter No. J-11011/90/2020-IA-II(I) dated April 4, 2020.

iii. All products proposed to manufacture are listed at S.N. 5(b) of Schedule of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification under category ‘A’ .

iv. Ministry had issued EC earlier vide letter no. F. No. J-11011/18/2005-IA- II (I) dated 12/08/2005 by MoEF&CC, New Delhi to the manufacturing of the product in the existing unit M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited.

v. Existing land area is 57,986 m2. Proposed expansion activity will be carried out within the existing premises.

vi. Industry has already developed / will be develop greenbelt in an area of 40 % i.e. 23,194 m2 out of total area of the project within/Outside the premises.

vii. The total estimated cost of the proposed expansion is Rs. 7.5 Crores. Total capital cost earmarked towards environmental pollution control measures is Rs. 56 Lakhs and the Recurring cost (operation and maintenance) will be about Rs. 23.25 Lakhs per annum.

viii. Total Employment will be 869 persons as direct as well as other indirect employees for expansion. Industry proposes to allocate Rs 34 Lakh which is 4 % of the project cost towards Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER).

ix. There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, biosphere reserves, tiger/elephant reserves, wildlife corridors etc. within 10 km distance from the project site.

x. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at 8 locations during March 2018 to May 2018 and the baseline data indicates the ranges of concentrations as: PM10 (68 – 92 2.5 (20 – 43 (9 - 21and NO (13 – 27 s that the maximum incremental GLCs after the proposed project would be 0.90 2.0 ³ and 1.0 10,SO and NOx. The resultant concentrations are within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).

xi. Total water requirement is 1200 m³/day (1st day onwards) of which 2nd day fresh water requirement of 900 m³/day(after recycling requirement which will be reduced to 300 from 1stday onwards) will be met by GIDC.

Annexure - A


Page E1

xii. Generation of Domestic Sewage is 30m³/day and it will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant along with Industrial effluent. Generation of industrial process wastewater is 409 m³/day and it will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant (i.e. 284 m³/day) and MEE (i.e. 125 m³/day), Industrial utility (Boiler blow down and cooling purge) wastewater (245 m³/day) will be treated in RO System and RO permeate (i.e. 185 m³/day) will be reused in cooling tower and RO reject will be treated in existing as well as proposed ETP. Treated effluent from ETP will be collected in final collection tank and disposed in to GIDC underground drainage system and conveyed to FETP (NCT) which ultimately leads to deep sea for final disposal through pipe line.

xiii. Power requirement after expansion will be 31,000 KVA and will be met from Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL). However, in case of power failure, proposed D.G. set with capacity 1500 kVA will be used as standby during power failure/ emergency. Stack (height 20 m) will be provided as per CPCB norms to the proposed D.G. Set.

xiv. Existing unit has 10 TPH of coal fired boiler installed with APCM of E.S.P. and Water Scrubber with a stack height of 40 m will be installed. Additionally 10 TPH & 6 TPH (Stand-by) Natural gas fired boilers will be installed with adequate stack height of 30 m. Proposed unit will be installed 16 TPH & 10 TPH of coal fired boiler installed with APCM of E.S.P. and Water Scrubber with a stack height of 40 m will be installed. Additionally for controlling particulate emissions within the statutory limit for proposed boiler, Two number of Thermic Fluid Heater (4 Lac Kcal/Hr) of Natural Gas fired installed with a stack of height of 30 m will be installed for controlling particulate emissions within the statutory limit.

Details of Process emissions generation and its management

Sr.No. Vent attached to

Stack height

from G.L., meter (m)

Stack dia. at top,

meter (m)

Expected Pollutant& Permissible limit

APCM

Existing

1 Reactor Reaction Vessels 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm32 Stage water scrubber & Alkali Scrubber

2 Reactor Reaction Vessels 18 0.1 SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3

HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

2 Stage water scrubber & Caustic Scrubber

Proposed

1 Reactor of Bifenthrin 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3Alkali Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

2 Reactor of Permethrin 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3Alkali Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

3 Reactor of Lambda Cyhalothrin 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3

Alkali Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

4 Reactor of Fipronil 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3


5 Reactor of Chlorpyrifos Ethyl and Transfluthrin

18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber

Annexure - A


Page E1

6 Reactor of Difenthuron 18 0.1 NH3 – 30 mg/Nm3Acidic Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

7 Reactor of Lufenuron 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber

8 Reactor of Propargite 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber

9 Reactor of Flonicamide 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3


10 Reactor of Sodium Salt of HTCP 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber

11 Reactor of CMAC 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3


12 Reactor of High Trans CMAC 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber

13 Reactor of Ethiprole 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

HBr – 5 mg/Nm3 Caustic Scrubber

Details of Solid waste/ Hazardous waste generation and its management.

Sr.No.

Name of Hazardous Waste

Source of Generation

Schedule/ Category Number*

Quantity in MT/Year

Management of Hazardous waste

Existing(As per

CCA order No: AH-

95764 dated 4/11/2019)

ProposedTotal after Proposed expansion

1.Chemical Sludge from waste water treatment

Wastewater treatment Sch. I/ 35.3 2616 4384 7000 Disposal at TSDF.

2. Process Waste or residue Manufacturing

Process

Sch. I/ 29.1

202 1107 1309 Disposal at CHWIF for incineration.3.

Process or Distillation Residue

Sch. I/ 36.1

4.Date expiry and off specification Pesticides

Product Sch. I/ 29.3 6 9 15 Disposal at CHWIF for incineration.

5.

Discarded barrels/ containers/liners contaminated with Haz. chemicals/ wastes

Raw materials/ Chemicals Sch. I/ 33.1 90.4 909.6 1000

Disposal by reuse after in house decontamination or send it to authorized decontamination facility/ recycler or send back tosupplier.

6.Concentrated or evaporation residues

Evaporation of wastewater Sch. I/ 37.3 5384 5616 11000 Disposal at TSDF.

Annexure - A


Page E1 * Existing quantity as per CC&A / CTE granted by GPCB

7. Spent Carbon or Filter Media

Wastewater treatment Sch. I/ 36.2 10 90 100 Disposal at CHWIF

for incineration.

8. Used or Spent Oil

Plant Machineries

Sch. I/5.1 0.240 9.76 10

Disposal by reuse in plant & machinery as lubricant or sell it to authorized refiners/recycler

9.Inorganic Acid (HCl 30% solution)

Manufacturing Process/ Scrubber

Sch. II/ B-15 1130 12934 14064

Disposal by sell out to authorized users who are having authorization with valid CCA and rule 9 permission to receive this waste after making MoU.

10.Sodium Bisulfite(As NaHSO3solution)


Sch. II/C13 1755 28105 29860


11. Spent Solvent Manufacturing Process Sch. I/ 20.2 0 100 100

Disposal by sell out to solvent recovery unit.

12. Ammonium Sulphate


Sch. II/A-10 0 172 172


13.Ammonium Chloride (NH4Cl)


Sch. II/B7 0 3675 3675


14. Hydrogen Bromide


Sch. II/C4 0 30.6 30.6


Annexure - A


Page E1

As per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016

i. Since, our unit is located within GIDC, Ankleshwar, Gujarat and therefore Public Consultation is not applicable as a requirement towards obtaining Environmental Clearance.

ii. Details of Certified compliance report submitted by RO, MoEF&CC. (In case of expansion Proposal):

M/s. Meghmani Organics Ltd. has already been granted the Environmnetal Clearance (EC) for pesticide technicalproducts vide letter F. No. J-11011/18/2005-IA- II (I) dated 12/08/2005 by MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The company has regularly submitted six month compliance of conditions stipulated in above stated EC. Regional Officer, Bhopal, MoEF&CC has inspected our company on 27/07/2020 for certified compliance report (CCR).

iii. Status of Litigation Pending against the proposal, if any.No litigation is pending against the industry.

iv. The details of products and capacity as under:

Sr. No. Group Name of Products End Use CAS No.

Quantity, MT/MonthExisting

(As per CCA order No: AH-

95764 dated 4/11/2019)

Total afterproposed expansion

1 G0 Zeta Cypermethrin

Insecticide

52315-07-8 0

450

2 G0 Alphamethrin 67375-30-8 03 G0 Bifenthrin# 82657-04-3 304 G0 Cypermetrine 52315-07-8 05 G0 Lambda Cyhalothrin* 91465-08-6 206 G0 Permethrin# 52645-53-1 30

7 G01 Beta-Cypermethrin

Insecticide

52315-07-8 0

1008 G01 Beta-Cyfluthrin 68359-37-5 09 G01 Deltamethrin 52918-63-5 010 G01 Transfluthrin 118712-89-3 011 G01 Cyfluthrin 68359-37-5 0

12 G1 AcetamipridInsecticide

135410-20-7 05013 G1 Imidacloprid * 138261-41-3 20

14 G1 Dinotefuran 165252-70-0 0

15 G2 Lufenuron

Insecticide

103055-07-8 0

70

16 G2 Novaluron 116714-46-6 017 G2 Buprofezin 69327-76-0 018 G2 Diafenthiuron * 80060-09-9 20

19 G2 Ethephon Plant growth 16672-87-0 0

Annexure - A


Page E1


Quantity, MT/MonthExisting

(As per CCA order No: AH-

95764 dated 4/11/2019)


regulator20 G2 Propargite Insecticide 2312-35-8 0

21 G3 EthiproleInsecticide

181587-01-9 025

22 G3 Fipronil * 120068-37-3 20

23 G4 Chlorantraniliprole

Insecticide

500008-45-7 0

100

24 G4 Tolfenpyrad 129558-76-5 025 G4 Flonicamide 158062-67-0 026 G4 Spiromesifen 283594-90-1 027 G4 Thiocyclam Oxalate 31895-22-4 028 G4 Flubendiamides 272451-65-7 0

29 G5 Triclopyr Ester Herbicide 64700-56-7 12.415030 G5 Chlorpyrifos Ethyl

Insecticide2921-88-2 75

31 G5 Chlorpyrifos-Methyl 5598-13-0 0

32 I1 Bifenthrin AlcoholIntermediate for Insecticide manufacture

76350-90-8 0

20033 I1Lambda Cyhalothric Acid(LC Acid)

72748-35-7 0

34 I1 Sodium Salt of HTCP 37439-34-2 0

35 I2

2-(2’-2’-dichlorovinyl)-3-3-dimethylecyclopropane carboxylic acid chloride (CMAC)

Intermediate for Insecticide manufacture

52314-67-7 122

35036 I2 High Trans – CMAC 52314-67-7 037 I2 High Trans – CMA 59042-50-8 0

38 I2 Meta Phenoxy Benzyl Alcohol 13826-35-2 0

TOTAL 259.4 1495

EIA Report of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P,

GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Dist-Bharuch, Gujarat.

Index

Page i

S.No. Title Page No.

A. Executive Summary 1-7 B. Table of Contents i

C. List of Tables v

D. List of Figures viii

E. List of Annexures ix

F. Abbreviations x

G. TOR & It’s Compliance xii

Chapter-1: Introduction 1.0 - 1.5

1.1. Purpose Of The Report 1.1

1.2. Identification Of Project And Project Proponent 1.1

1.2.1 Identification Of Project 1.1

1.2.2 Project Proponent 1.1

1.3. Brief Description Of The Project and Its Important To The Country & Region 1.2

1.3.1 Brief Description Of The Project 1.2

1.3.2 Need For The Project And Its Importance To Region 1.3

1.4. Scope Of Study 1.3

1.5. Applicable Environmental Regulations 1.4

Chapter-2: Project Description 2.0 - 2.131

2.1. Type of Project 2.1

2.2. Need for the project 2.1

2.3. Justification for Site Selection 2.1

2.4. Location of the Project 2.1

2.4.1 List of Industries 2.10

2.5. Size or magnitude of operation 2.12

2.5.1 Details of products and its capacity 2.12

2.5.2 Raw Material Details 2.14

2.6. Project Implementation Schedule 2.21

2.7. Man Power Requirement 2.22

2.8. List of Major Equipments 2.22

2.9. Technical and process description 2.24

2.10. Source, Transportation and Storage details of products and raw materials 2.104

2.11. Details of Solvent Use and Its Recovery 2.113

2.12. Water Consumption, wastewater Generation and Treatment Facilities 2.115 2.12.1 Source of water supply 2.115 2.12.2 Dtails of water consumption and wastewater generation 2.115

2.13. Wastewater treatment Scheme 2.118 2.13.1 Wastewater Characteristics 2.118 2.13.2 Effluent Management System 2.118 2.13.3 Process Description of the Proposed ETP Units 2.121 2.13.4 Technical Details of MEE and ATFD 2.122

B. Table of Contents



Index

Page ii

2.13.5 Water Conservation Measures 2.122

2.14. Power, Fuel Consumption and Expected Emissions 2.122 2.14.1 Fugitive Emissions 2.124 2.14.2 Details of VOC and its control measures 2.125 2.14.3 Online Monitoring System 2.126

2.15 Action Plan for Odour Control 2.127 2.16 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management 2.128

2.16.1 Quantification, Classification and Management of Solid / Hazardous Waste 2.128 2.16.2 Fly Ash handling system and Utilization Plan 2.130 2.16.3 Storage / Handling of Solid and Hazardous 2.130 2.16.4 Solid/Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility 2.130

2.17 Description of the aspects of the project likely to cause environmental impact and pertaining mitigation measures

2.131

2.18 Assessment of New and Untested Technology 2.132

Chapter-3: Description Of The Environment 3.0 – 3.68

3.1. Introduction 3.1

3.2. Pollution Control Statutory Requirement 3.1

3.3. Scope of Baseline Data Collection 3.1

3.4. Study Period 3.1

3.5. Study Area Map 3.2

3.6. Land Use 3.3 3.6.1 Use of Remote Sensing & Landuse Mapping with Digital Elevation Model 3.3 3.6.2 Need of Landuse Mapping 3.3 3.6.3 Objective of the Study 3.3 3.6.4 Importance of Landuse Mapping 3.4 3.6.5 Geography and Climate 3.7 3.6.6 Landuse Classification Details 3.8 3.6.7 Topography 3.8 3.6.8 Geology and Soils 3.10

3.6.9 Water Level 3.17 3.6.10 Drainage 3.18 3.6.11 Primary Meteorological Data 3.19 3.6.12 Temperature 3.19 3.6.13 Wind Speed and Wind Direction 3.19 3.6.14 Wind Rose Diagram 3.19 3.6.15 Secondary Meteorological Data 3.22

3.7. Air Environment 3.23

3.7.1 Sitting of Station 3.24

3.7.2 Frequency and Period of Monitoring 3.24

3.7.3 Testing Methods for AAQ parameters 3.24

3.7.4 Baseline Status of Ambient Air Quality of Study Area 3.25

3.8. Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring 3.26

3.8.1 Duration of Sampling & Methodology 3.26

3.8.2 Results of Ambient Noise Quality 3.27

3.8.3 Baseline Status of Ambient Noise Quality 3.27



Index

Page iii

3.9. Water Environment 3.28 3.9.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 3.28 3.9.2 Duration of Sampling and Method of Testing 3.28

3.10. Soil Environment 3.32 3.10.1 Duration of Sampling Method of Testing and Results 3.32

3.11. Ecology and Biodiversity 3.32 3.11.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment 3.33 3.11.2 Ecological Impact Assessment 3.33 3.11.3 Period of the study and Study area 3.34 3.11.4 Methodology 3.34 3.11.5 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment 3.35 3.11.6 Rare and Endangered flora in the study area 3.44 3.11.7 Endemic Plants of the study area 3.44 3.11.8 Faunal Biodiversity in the study area 3.44 3.11.9 Birds of the study area 3.44 3.11.10 Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area 3.47 3.11.11 Endemic Fauna of the Study Area 3.48 3.11.12 Status of the forest, their category in the Study Area: 3.48 3.11.13 Conservation Measures for Schedule-I fauna: 3.48

3.12. Recommended Plants For Green Belt Development 3.51 3.12.1 Selection of plants for Greenbelts 3.51

3.12.2 Guidelines for plantation 3.54 3.13. Socioeconomic 3.56

3.13.1 Objective 3.56 3.13.2 Methodology 3.56 3.13.3 Outcomes of Socio economic study 3.56 3.13.4 Primary Survey 3.57 3.13.5 Secondary Survey (Secondary Data) 3.61 3.13.6 Planning of Socio Economic Development/Welfare Activities 3.68

Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures 4.0 – 4.36

4.1. Impact identification 4.1

4.2. Identification Matrix 4.1

4.3. Impact Identification by Integration 4.2

4.4. Land Environment 4.5

4.5. Geology and Soil 4.7

4.6. Geohydrology 4.8

4.7. Meteorology 4.10

4.8. Air Environment 4.10 4.8.1 Dispersion Modeling 4.10 4.8.2 About AERMOD 4.10 4.8.3 Meteorology Parameters 4.12 4.8.4 Other Assumption 4.12

4.9. Noise Environment 4.30

4.10. Water Environment 4.30

4.11. Ecology and Biodiversity 4.30



Index

Page iv

4.12. Impact identification and suggested mitigation measures 4.31

4.13. Risk & Hazards 4.33

Chapter-5: Analysis Of Alternatives 5.0 - 5.1

5.1. Site Alternative 5.1

5.2. Alternative for Technologies 5.1

Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program 6.0 – 6.5

6.1. Details of Environment Monitoring 6.1

Chapter-7: Additional Studies 7.0 – 7.1

7.1. Risk Assessment 7.1

7.2. Social Impact /R&R Action Plan 7.1

7.3. Public Consultation 7.1

Chapter-8: Project Benefits 8.0 – 8.2

8.1. General 8.1

8.2. Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 8.1

8.3. Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 8.1

8.4. Employment Potential–Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled 8.1

8.5. Other Tangible Benefits 8.2

Chapter-9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.0 – 9.1

9.1. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.1

Chapter-10: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10.0- 10.11

10.1. Objectives of Environmental Management Plan 10.1

10.2. Environmental Management Cell 10.1

10.3. Environmental Management Plan 10.2

10.3.1 Greenbelt Development Plan 10.8

10.3.2 Socio Economic Development Plan/ Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

10.8

10.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting 10.9

10.3.4 Occupational Health and Safety management plan 10.9

10.4. Budgetary Allocation for Pollution Control Arrangements 10.11

Chapter-11: Summary And Conclusion 11.0 - 11.1

11.1. Summary and Conclusion 11.1

Chapter-12: Disclosure Of Consultants Engaged 12.0 - 12.2

12.1. Introduction 12.1



Index

Page vii M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]

Chapter - 1 Table 1-1: List of directors of the company Table 1-2: Brief description of nature, size, location of the project Table 1-3: List of acts /rules/regulation and its applicability

Chapter - 2 Table 2-1: Land area break-up Table 2-2: List of Industries in GIDC, Ankleshwar Table 2-3: Details of products, production capacity and its end use Table 2-4: Details of raw material consumption Table 2-5 Project Implementation Schedule Table 2-6: Details of employment / manpower requirement Table 2-7: List of Existing and proposed Plant Machinery/Equipments Table 2-8: Storage Details of Products and Raw Materials Table 2-9: Details of Solvent Use and Its Recovery Table 2-10: Water consumption details Table 2-11: Wastewater generation details Table 2-12: Wastewater Characteristics for Various Stage/Steps (Operation Phase) Table 2-13: Equipment Details of proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Table 2-14: Details of source and power requirement Table 2-15: Details of fuel, air emissions and APCM Table 0-16: Details of fugitive emissions Table 0-17: Details of Online Monitoring System Table 0-18: Details of Probable Odor Sources and Mitigation Measures Table 0-19: Solid/Hazardous waste details Table 2-20: Description of Aspects of the Project likely to cause Environmental Effects and pertaining mitigation

measures

Chapter - 3 Table 0-1: Methodology adopted for collection of baseline data Table 0-2: Scope of baseline data collection Table 3-3 : Area Statistics (Land use Map) Table 3-4 : Stratigraphy of the Study Area Table: 3-5 Taluka wise groundwater structure Table 0-6: Site specific meteorological data Table 0-7: Monthly data of relative humidity and vapor pressure Table 0-8: Average rainfall data of Bharuch district Table 0-9: Monthly data of cloud amount Table 0-10: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations for the study Table 0-11: List of parameters for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Table 0-12: Testing Methods for AAQ parameters Table 0-13: Results of ambient air quality (AAQ) Table 0-14: Baseline status of ambient air quality Table 0-15: Location of ambient noise monitoring Table 0-16: Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations Table 0-17: Surface water sampling location Table 0-18: Ground water sampling location Table 0-19: Surface water quality

C. List of all Tables



Index


Table 0-20: Ground Water Quality (not used as drinking water sources) Table 0-21: Soil Sampling Location Details Table 0-22: Chemical characteristics of soil Table 3-23: Trees in the study area Table 3-24: List of the shrubs in the study area Table 3-25: List of herbaceous species observed in the study area Table 3-26: List of climbers observed in the area Table 3-27: Systematic List of birds in the study area with its residential status and relative abundance Table 3-28: Butterflies in the study area Table 3-29: Reptiles in the study area Table 3-30: Mammals in the study area Table 3-31: Species provided protection as per Wild Life Protection Act-1972 Table 3-32: Yearly plan for greenbelt development in GIDC area Table 3-33: Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development along the Boundary of as a wind barrier

as well as to prevent dust pollution Table 3-34: Species for Plantation along the roadside Table 3-35: List of Suitable Ornamental Climbers/ shrubs as plantation inside the garden and open spaces

between different unit Table 3-36: Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) of the certain plant species based on available the published

literature Table 3-37: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population Table 3-38: Summary of occupational pattern Table 3-39: Social education amenities of the study area Table 3-40: Health facilities of the study area Table 3-41: Villages infrastructure Table 3-42: Summary of Social Amenities Table 3-43: District Taluka wise population in comparison with project site taluka Table 3-44: Summary of social amenities demographic information Gujarat state & Bharuch District Table 3-45: Comparative demographic information at macro level (2011) Table 3-46: Percentage of main workers, marginal workers and non- workers for rural population Table 3-47: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population Table 3-48: Distribution of village according to the availability of different amenities Table 3-49: Demographic Profile of villages/Town in 10 KM radial area from Project Site

Chapter – 4

Table 0-1: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during construction phase) Table 0-2: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during operation phase) Table 0-3: Sensitivity index Table 0-4: Attribute Ranking Table 0-5: Integration consideration Table 0-6: Impact and mitigation measures on land environment Table 0-7: Impact and mitigation measures on geology and soil environment Table 0-8: Impact and mitigation measures on groundwater hydrology Table 0-9: Data used for the evaluation of the ground level concentration Table 0-10: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM10 Table 0-11: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM2.5 Table 0-12: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – NO2 Table 0-13: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –SO2 Table 0-14: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –HCl Table 0-15: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –Cl2 Table 0-16: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –HBr



Index


Chapter - 6

Chapter-10

Table 0-17: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –NH3 Table 0-18: Impact identification and suggested mitigation measures Table 0-19: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Risk & Hazards

Table 0-14: Environmental monitoring program

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan Table 10-2: Details of budget allocated towards CER activities Table 0-3: Budgetary allocation towards pollution control arrangements

Page Viii M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]



Index

Chapter - 2

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 4

Figure 0-1: Location on the map of Gujarat Figure 0-2: Toposheet map showing the project site and study area Figure 0-3: Map showing project boundary Figure 0-4: Layout of industrial area indicating location of the unit Figure 0-5: Site layout map (existing and proposed activity area) Figure 0-6: Photograph of existing unit /site visit and greenbelt area Figure 0-7: Bar chart showing project implementation schedule Figure 2-8: Solvent Recovery/ VOCs Control System Figure 0-9: Total Water Balance Diagram (after proposed expansion) Figure 0-10: Block Diagram of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Figure 0-3: Map of study area Figure 0-2: Methodology Chart Figure: 3-3: FCC Map of the Study Area Figure: 3-4: Landuse Map (Project Site) Figure 3-5: Topographical Map of the Study Area Figure 3-6: Village Map of the Study Area Figure: 3-7: Geological Map of Study Area Figure: 3-8: Geomorphological Map of Study Area Figure :3-9: Soil Map of Study Area Figure: 3-10: Slop Map of the Study Area Figure: 3-11: Elevation Map of the Study Area Figure: 3-12 : Aspects Map of the Study Area Figure: 3-13 Ground Water Zone Map of Study Area Figure: 3-14 Major Rivers of Bharuch District Figure 0-15: Windrose diagrams of the study period Figure 0-15 (a): Prevailing wind directions during March-2018 to May-2018 Figure 0-16: Wind class distribution during the study period Figure 3-17: Block Population (10 km)

Figure 4.1: Data flow in AERMOD modeling system Figure 4.2: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM Figure 4.3: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM [on Google image] Figure 4.4: Air quality contour for pollutant – NOx Figure 4.5: Air quality contour for pollutant – NOx [on Google image] Figure 4.6: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2 Figure 4.7: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2 [on Google image] Figure 4.8: Air quality contour for pollutant – HCl Figure 4.9: Air quality contour for pollutant – HCl [on Google image] Figure 4.10: Air quality contour for pollutant – Cl2 Figure 4.11: Air quality contour for pollutant – Cl2 [on Google image] Figure 4.12: Air quality contour for pollutant – HBr Figure 4.13: Air quality contour for pollutant – HBr [on Google image] Figure 4.14: Air quality contour for pollutant – NH3 Figure 4.15: Air quality contour for pollutant – NH3 [on Google image]

D. List of all Figures

Page Viii M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]



Index

Chapter - 10

Figure 10.1: Environmental Management Cell / Organogram

Page ix M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]



Index

Chapter- 1

Chapter- 2

Chapter- 3

Chapter- 4

Chapter- 7

Chapter- 12

Chapter- 10

Annexure- 1.1 : Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by MoEF&CC Annexure- 1.2 : Previous EC copy and submission proof of latest six monthly compliance report Annexure- 1.3 : Regional Officer, Bhopal, MoEF&CC Inspection letter for CCR Annexure- 1.4 : Copy of CC&A and its compliance

Annexure- 2.1 : Plot Allotment letter Annexure- 2.2 : Undertaking for “No Banned pesticides will be manufactured” Annexure- 2.3 : Water permission Letter Annexure- 2.4 : CETP Membership Certificate Annexure- 2.5 : Letter for booking additional quantity of waste water Annexure- 2.6 : TSDF Membership Certificate Annexure- 2.5 : MoU with other industries for sale of Hazardous waste

Annexure- 3.1 : National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 Annexure- 3.2 : Drinking Water Specification (IS 10500 : 2012) Annexure- 3.3 : The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 - ambient noise standards

Annexure- 3.4 : Damage Risk Criteria For Hearing Loss Occupational Safety & Health

Administration (OSHA) Annexure- 3.5 : Hourly average temperature data

Annexure- 4.1 : Air Quality Contour (In Worst Case Scenario - Without Control Measures) &

Affected Area

Annexure- 7.1 : Risk Assessment Report Annexure- 7.2 : Do’s and Don’t’s Annexure- 7.3 : Occupational Health and safety records of employee

Annexure- 10.1 : Environmental Policy of MOL

Annexure- 12.1 : QCI /NABET accreditation details Annexure- 12.2 : NABL Accreditation Annexure- 12.4 : Undertaking given by the Project Proponent Annexure- 12.5 : Undertaking given by the Consultant Engaged

E. List of all Annexures

Page xi M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]



Index

AAQ Ambient Air Quality Leq Equivalent Sound Level AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station LISSIII/ Linear Imaging Self Scanning ANQM Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring LISS IV AP Air Pollution LLP Limited Liability Partnership APCM Air Pollution Control Measures LU Land Use APHA American Public Health Association mm Millimeter APTI Air Pollution Tolerance Index MoEF& CC Ministry of Environment, Forests &

Climate AQ Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Change

Prediction MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand MSIHC Manufacturing, Storage and Import

of BSI Botanical Survey of India Hazardous Chemicals °C Degree Centigrade MT Metric Ton Ca Calcium NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality

Standard CBD Convention on Biological diversity NABET National Accreditation Board for

Education & CHWIF Common Hazardous Wastes Incinerator Training

cm2

Facility Centimeter Square

NEERI National Environmental Engineering Research Institute

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand NGOs Non Governmental Organizations CPCB Central Pollution Control Board NOx Nitrogen Oxides CREP Corporate Responsibility for

Environmental NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre

Protection NV Noise & Vibration CSR Corporate Social Responsibility NW North West D.G. Diesel Generator OSHA Occupational Safety & Health

Administration dB Decibel ppm Parts Per Million DEM Digital Elevation Model QCI Quality Council of India DTM Digital Terrain Model R Residential E&S Environment and Safety RH Risk Assessment and Hazard

Management EAC Expert Appraisal Committee RH Relative Humidity EB Ecology & Biodiversity SC Scheduled Castes EC Environmental Clearance SC Soil Conservation EcIA Ecological Impact Assessment SE South East EHS Environmental Health & Safety SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal

Committee EMP Environmental Management Plan SEIAA State Level Impact Assessment

Authority ENG Engineering SHW Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste EPA Environmental Protection Agency Management ETP Effluent Treatment Plant SI Sensitivity Index E-waste Electronic Waste SO Sulphur Dioxide °F Degree Fahrenheit SoI Survey of India FSI Forest Survey of India SPCB State Pollution Control Board GC Gas Chromatography SPM Suspended Particulate Matter GEO Geology SS Suspended Solids GIS Geographic Information System ST Scheduled Tribe GLC Ground Level Concentration SW South West GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board SW Surface Water GPS Global Positioning System TDS Total Dissolved Solids GSDMA Gujarat State Disaster Management

Authority TM Thematic Mapper

GW Ground Water TOF Trees Outside Forests H Hydrogen Gas TOR Terms of Reference HC Hydrogen Carbons TSS Total Suspended Solids HCl Hydrochloric Acid UNEP United State Environment

Programme HG Hydrology , Ground Water and Water USA United States of America

Conservation USEPA United State Environmental Protection Agency

Hr Hour UTM Universal Transverse Mercator HSD High Speed Diesel VNIR Visible and Infra Red IMD India Meteorological Department VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds IRS-IC Indian Remote Sensing Satellite WM Weather Monitor IS Indian Standard WP Water Pollution

F. List of Abbreviations

Page xi M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. [QCI / NABET Accredited]



Index

ISCST Industrial Source Complex Short Term ZSI Zoological Survey of India ISO International Standard for Organization IUCN International Union for Conservation of

Nature km Kilometer kmph Kilometer per hour KVA Kilo Volt Ampere

EIA Report for Expansion in Production Capacity of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited by Addition of New Products Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Dist-Bharuch, Gujarat.

TOR & It’s Compliance

xii Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)

TOR

Clarifications, information and data as required in Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by EAC/MoEF&CC vide their letter Ref. No.: IA-J-11011/90/2020-IA-II(I) dated April 4, 2020.

A tabular chart for point wise required details/information of ToR is stated under:

Sr. No. Terms of Reference (ToR)

Reference of TOR in EIA Report

Reply /compliance status Page No.

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD TTooRR1) Executive Summary E1-E62) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Please refer Chapter-12, Annexure 12.1 12.1-12.2

ii. Information about the project proponent Please refer Chapter- 1,Section 1.2 1.1

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Please refer Chapter-8 8.1-8.2

3) Project Descriptioni. Cost of project and time of completion. The total estimated cost of the

project is 7.5 Crore out of which Rs. 56 Lacs is allocated for Environment Management System and 23.25 Lacs for social development/ welfare activities under CER programs, (details are presented under Chapter-10, Section 10.3.2 & 10.4)Time schedule for the proposed project including (likely date to start construction, likely date of completion and start operation) are stated under:o Proposed date of start of

construction and machine erection/ installation: After getting Environment Clearance from EAC and No Objection Certificate from the GPCB.

o Date of completion: It would be approximately 9-18 months from the date of start construction and other activities. Construction willstart once EC/ NOC will be granted.

o Proposed date of start production: After getting the statutory required Consent & Authorization from theGPCB.

o Construction activity will be startedAfter getting Environmental Clearance (EC) from MoEFCC, New Delhi. Total estimated time (approx. 18-20 months) is

10.8, 10.11 & 2.21



xiii Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




required to attain the operation phase of the proposed project.More details are given in Chapter-2, Section 2.6)

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

M/s. Meghmani organics LimitedManufacturing of agrochemicals and intermediates product (259.4 MT/Month to 1495 MT/Month). For more details Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.5.

2.12

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

It is a Brownfield project. However, adequate land is allocated for each infrastructure facility / activity detailed land area break-up and layout plan is presented in Chapter-2, Section 2.4.

Existing product details with capacities (259.4 MT/Month to 1495 MT/Month).are given in Chapter-2, Section 2.5.

2.1-2.13

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.10 2.104

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.10. &2.11

2.104-2.114

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.12, 2.14 & 2.16

2.115, 2.112-2.128

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Water will be supplied by GIDC and power will be met from DGVCL,Water permission letter given as Annexure 2.4 and for water balance diagram please refer Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.12.2. total 476 additional manpower would be required. for more details please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.7.

2.115, 2.22

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided

Details of manufacturing process, chemical reaction and mass balance of each proposed product are given in section 2.9 of Chapter-2. and list of major equipment/ machineries is attached as section 2.8 of Chapter-2

2.22-2.103

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification carried out and the details of proposed safety systems are presented. Please referAnnexure- 7.1

--

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and

Copy of Environmental Clearance (EC) & its Compliance has been attached as Annexure 1.2 and Annexure 1.3

Copy of CC&A and its compliance has been attached as Annexure 1.4.

--



xiv Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable --

4) Site Detailsi. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limitedproposes expansion of existing production capacity & addition of new agrochemicals and intermediates product in notified industrial area at Plot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch- 393 001, Gujarat. For details please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.4.

2.1-2.9

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places).

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km is given under Chapter-2, Section 2.4.

2.3

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.3,and Chapter-5,

2.1 & 5.1

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners ofthe site.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of the site are:Latitude: 21°36'54.04" N, Longitude: 73°02'02.08" E.For details please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.4.

2.4

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.4. 2.4

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/ Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.4 2.1-2.10

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of the existing plant is given under Chapter-2, Section 2.4

2.9



xv Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (Not required for industrial area).

The project is to be located in notified GIDC, details Land are break-up of total land of the project site is given in Chapter- 2, Section 2.4. Landuse/Landcover pattern of surrounding area (10 km radius) is a presented in Section 3.5 & 3.6,Chapter-3

2.8, 3.2 &3.3

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

Since the project is to be located in Notified GIDC where a number of various type of industries is located. Map showing name of some surrounding industry is given in section 2.4.1, Chapter-2 Please also refer landuse/ landcover pattern of surrounding area (10 km radius) is presented in Section 3.5,Chapter-3

2.10

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geohydrological study details are given in Chapter-3, Section 3.6.8

3.10

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects).

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.6.5

3.7

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited has already acquired the land/plot from GIDC. For plot allotment letter please referAnnexure- 2.1

--

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not applicable --

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):i. Permission and approval for the use of forest

land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable).

Not applicable, since project is to be located in notified GIDC Ankleshwar

Gujarat.

--

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden

Not applicable, since project is to be located in notified GIDC AnkleshwarGujarat.

--



xvi Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.11.13 3.48

Vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

Not applicable, since project is to be located in notified GIDC AnkleshwarGujarat.

--

6) Environmental Statusi. Determination of atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.6.11

3.19

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.7, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

3.23

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.7and Annexure- 3.1

3.25

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.9and Annexure- 3.2

3.28-3.30

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.9 and Annexure- 3.2

3.28-3.31

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.8and Annexure- 3.3 &3.4

3.26-3.27

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.10 3.32

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Company has allocated adequate parking spaces, wide internal roads.

In GIDC, a well developed GIDC main road and internal roads are made and having carrying capacity to take care of additional traffic due to proposed expansion

--



xvii Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




activity. Therefore no additional roads will required to be constructed and there will not be any change in land use of the study area However separate entry and exist gate shall be provided and trained security guards shall be deployed to ensure proper management and movement of vehicles within premises.Internal RCC road along with signboard of traffic sign will be provided.Traffic rules and discipline shall be strictly implemented.Adequate internal road shall be provided for uninterrupted movement of fire tender.Speed break bumper shall be provided on internal road at regular interval to avoid over speed.No vehicles will be allowed to stop near Weight Bridge, wheel washing area after completion of activities.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) of the study area is given in Chapter-3, Section 3.11.5 & 3.11.8

3.35,3.44

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Socio-economic status of the study areais given in Chapter-3, Section 3.13

3.56-3.68

7) Impact and Environment Management Plani. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Please refer Chapter-4, Section 4.7 & 4.8

4.10-4.29



xviii Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body

Not applicable --

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum rail transport shall be examined.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.10, Chapter-4, Section 4.4

2.104 & 4.5

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.12 & 2.13

2.115-2.122

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.


vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Please refer Chapter-2, Section2.14.1

2.124

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.16 and Annexure- 2.7.

2.128-2.130

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.


ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.12.1 3.51-3.55

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.


xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

It is expected that unit shall expend a capital cost about Rs. 56 Lacs and annual recurring cost about Rs.23.25 Lacs towards environment management which is based on current financial assets of environmental management systems/techniques. Also, please

10.11



xix Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




refer Chapter-10, Section 10.4 for more detailed.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Please refer Chapter-6 6.1-6.5

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Please refer Chapter-7 and Annexure 7.1

--

8) Occupational healthi. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Please refer Chapter-7, Annexure 7.2, 7.3 also refer Chapter-6, Section 6.1.

6.1-6.5

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Please refer Chapter-7, Annexure 7.2, 7.3

--

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so thathealth of the workers can be preserved.

Please refer Chapter-7, Annexure 7.2, 7.3

--

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Health check-up of all workers will be conducted prior to theirappointment as well as during their working on a continual basis. Its record will be maintained.

Please refer Chapter-7, Annexure 7.2, 7.3.

--

9) Corporate Environment Policyi. Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Please refer Chapter-10, Section 10.2, and Annexure-10.1.

10.1

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/ procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation /violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Please refer Chapter-10, Section 10.2, and Annexure-10.1.

10.1

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental

Please refer Chapter-10, Section 10.2 10.1



xx Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances/ violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/ or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

Please refer Chapter-10, Section 10.1-10.3

10.1-10.3

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited will facilitateall therequired health/hygiene/sanitation infrastructure facility suchrestroom, drinking water facility, safety equipment etc. to every worker/ company’s associated person.

--

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited group is committed to carry out the various activities for social-welfare development activities in surrounding of the project site. Detailed proposed CER activities with its implementation is schedule is given in Chapter 10, section 10.3.2

10.8

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

Not Applicable --

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Complied --

SSPPEECCIIFFIICC TTooRR1) Commitment that no banned pesticides will be

manufactured.Please refer Annexure 2.2 --

2) Details on solvents to be used, measures forsolvent recovery and for emissions control.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section2.11

2.113

3) Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.


4) Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process- specific pollutants* like NH3*,chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc., (*-as applicable)

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.14 Chapter-3, Section 3.7

2.123-2.124 & 3.23-3.26

5) Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals


6) Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge


7) Action plan for odour control to be submitted Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.15 2.1278) A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating Please refer Annexure- 2.7. --



xxi Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd (QCI/NABET Accrediated)




clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

9) Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Please refer annexure-2.4 & Annexure-2.6

--

10) Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

The total number of raw materials and products are such that all the Material Safety Data Sheet is morethan 100 pages. As a matter of being environment friendly, copies of the stated MSDS have not been attached with this EIA report. Nevertheless, acopy of the same can be submitted to any authority/person/ experts by us on demand.

--

11) Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

Please refer Annexure- 2.6 --

12) Details of incinerator if to be installed Not Applicable --13) Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Please refer Annexure-7.1 --

14) Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Please refer Annexure-7.2 --

***


Chapter-1 Introduction

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (1. 0)(QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Chapter – 1

Introduction


INTRODUCTION

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (1. 1) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION

1 .1 P u rp o se of t h e Re p o r t

It may be noted that the manufacturing of Pesticides and Pesticide Specific Intermediates (Excluding Formulations)invites the requirement of obtaining Environmental Clearance from the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). The proposed products fall under project/activity no. 5(b) of Category ‘A’ as stated in the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14-09-2006 as amended till date and therefore Environmental Clearance for these products are required to be obtained. It was due to this fact that ToR application (Proposal No.: IA/GJ/IND2/150363/2020, dated March 23, 2020) was made to EAC/MoEF&CC, New Delhi for obtaining the related ToR/Environmental Clearance.

Under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, EAC/ MoEF&CC has issued the Standard ToR vide their letter no.: J-11011/90/2020-IA-II(I) dated April 4, 2020 for the preparation of EIA and EMP Report. A copy of the TOR letter is attached as .

Purpose of this report is to identify environmental aspects & impacts arising out from the proposed expansion project and to propose mitigation measures in the form of an EIA report and seek Environmental Clearance. All the aspects of the Terms of References (ToRs) along with its compliance are incorporated in the EIA/EMP report.

This report is prepared based on ‘Generic Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006 as amended till date.

1 .2 I d e n t ifica t io n of P ro je ct a n d P ro je ct P rop on e n t

1 .2 .1 I d e n t ifica t ion o f P ro je ct M/s. Meghmani Organics Ltd. has already been granted the Environmnetal Clearance (EC) for pesticide technicalproducts vide letter F. No. J-11011/18/2005-IA- II (I) dated 12/08/2005 by MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The company has regularly submitted six month compliance of conditions stipulated in above stated EC. EC copy and submission proof of latest six monthly compliance report are attached as . Regional Officer, Bhopal, MoEF&CC has inspected our company on 27/07/2020 for certified compliance report (CCR), atttched as .

The company has valid CC&A vide letter no. GPCB /ANK /CCA- 415(10) ID- 14835/503453 dated 04/11/2019. The copy of CC&A and its compliance are attached as

Now the company desires to increase the production capacity of pesticide technical products along with addition of few more products to widen the range of products in Agrochemicals & intermediates within the existing premises.

Existing terminal already have robust management systems for quality, environment, fire and safety which are certified against the standards ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 respectively which will also cover the proposed expansion activity.

1 .2 .2 Pro je ct Pro p on e n t

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited (MOL) was established in 1986, when Gujarat Industries was established as a partnership firm in Gujarat, India to manufacture pigments. High productivity and profitability transformed Gujarat Industries to a joint stock company, under the name of Meghmani Organics Limited, by 1995.

MOL has diversified its business interests to include a range of pesticides and other pigment products as well. The Agro Chemicals segment manufactures and distributes technical, intermediates and formulations of insecticides. The Basic Chemicals segment includes basic chemicals, which undergo processing in various stages before being converted into downstream Chemicals that are used by the agriculture sector and also by consumers.

The directors of the group are well qualified Engineers as also Management Graduates from USA and highly experienced in the business of manufacturing and marketing complex chemistry based products. Mr Karna Patel,


INTRODUCTION


Director of the company, is having very good business experience in the same field since last 10 years. The company is also supported by other senior personal including Mr Vasant Patel (Vice President - Process) who has more than 25-year experience and overall controlled by the Executive Directors. Details of directors are given in

Table 1-1: List of directors of the company

Sr. No. Name and address of the Directors Designation

1.Mr. Karna R. Patel54, Mr.nathpark Society, Bh. Manekbaug Society,Ambawadi, Ahmedabad- 380 015.

Chief Operating Officer (COO)

2.Mr. Ankit N. Patel6-B, Ashok Vatika No. 1, Opp. Ekta Farm, Ambli, Bopal Road, Bodakdev, Ahmedabad-380 058.

Chief executive officer (CEO)

3. Mr. Jayantibhai M. Patel359, Lane No. 18, SatyagrahChhavani, Satelite Road, Ahmedaba Executive Chairman

4. Mr. Ashishbhai N. Soparkar246, Lane 13,Satyagrah Chhavani, Satelite Road, Ahmedabad Managing Director

5.Mr. Natubhai M. Patel6-B, Ashok Vatika No. 1, Opp. Ekta Farm, Ambli, Bopal Road, Bodakdev, Ahmedabad

Managing Director

6. Mr. Ramesh bhai M. Patel54, Shreenath Park ,B/h ManekBaug Society, Ambawadi, Ahmedabad Executive Director

7. Mr. Anandbhai I. Patel53, Shreenath Park ,B/h ManekBaugSociety,Ambawadi Ahmedabad Executive Director

1 .3 Brie f d e s cr ip t ion of t h e p ro je ct a n d it s im p o r t a n t t o t h e cou n t ry & re g io n

1 .3 .1 Brie f De scr ip t ion o f t h e p ro je ct

Table 1-2: Brief description of nature, size, location of the project

Sr. No. Particulars Details

A. Nature and Size of the Project

Expansion in existing Agrochemicals and intermediates manufacturing facility

B. Location Details Plot Nos. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Taluka: Ankleshwar, District: Bharuch, Gujarat.

1. Nearest HighwayNational Highway(NH-8): 2.6 kmState Highway (SH-13) : 2.4 Km

2. Nearest City Bharuch , 15 km

3. Nearest Railway station Ankleshwar, 3.6 km

4. Nearest Airport Surat Airport: 62 km

C. Geographical Co-Ordinates Latitude: 21°36'54.04" N, Longitude: 73°02'02.08" E

D. Project Cost for the Proposed Expansion

1. Total Cost Rs. 7.5 Crores

2. EMS Cost Rs.56 Lakh

3. CER Cost Rs. 34 Lakh

E. Land Area Details


INTRODUCTION


Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Total Land Area 57,986 m2

2. Green belt Area23,194 m2 will be provided within/Outside the premises.(40% as per the Ministry’s Office Memorandum dated 31/12/2019 regarding projects located in critically polluted area).

1 .3 .2 Ne e d for t h e p ro je ct a n d it s im p o rt a n ce t o re g io n

The agrochemicals industry is expected to play a pivotal role in attaining food security for a populous country like India. With the increase in awareness and market penetration, consumption is likely to improve in the near future.Considering the future market demand, the project is being set-up for expansion in existing production capacity along with addition of few new products in existing industrial premises.

The proposed expansion project has a potential for employement of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational phase. The plant will create direct employment for about 476 nos. (Regular & contract) skilled as well as semi-skilled staff and indirectly large number of unskilled manpower will be engaged for the project. People will also get employed by the contractors and patta contractors for various project related activities. Various Social and Environmental activities will also be proposed under “Corporate Environment Responsibilty” of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited, details given in section 10.3.2 of Chapter -10.

1 .4 Scop e of s t u d y

The scope of the EIA study includes detailed characterization of the existing status of environment and to determine environmental impacts of proposed expansion activities in an area of 10 km radius (As per TOR issued by EAC/MoEF&CC) within the project site for identifying environmental components viz. air, noise, land, water, biological and socio-economic. M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited has availed the services of M/s. Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad being NABET accredited organization to prepare EIA/EMP report considering the stated various environmental components and mitigating adverse impacts.

Baseline Environment Monitoring data has been carried out during three months (March 2018 to May 2018)representing Summer season and used to identify potential significant impacts. The scope of the present study is in-line with the TOR as recommended by EAC/MoEF&CC. The scope of study broadly includes:

To conduct literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area.

Predicting the impacts on the environment due to proposed expansion project.

To evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies.

To prepare a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) based on Risk Assessment study.

To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) with suggested preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impacts and to maximize beneficial aspects.

To identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored.


INTRODUCTION


1 .5 App lica b le En viro n m e n t a l Re g u la t ion s

Table 1-3: LIST OF ACTS /RULES/REGULATION AND ITS APPLICABILITY

The main acts /rules/regulation may be applicable for this project are as stated below:

S.N. Act and Rules Purpose Objective Activity

1. EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion, modernization, change of product mix of the existing project

Protection Improvement Environment

ofand the

Manufacturing/ operational Boiler, Process unit, Cooling tower,D.G. Set

2. The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and its amendments.

Handling of Hazardous Chemicals

Regulate the manufacture, storage and import of HazardousChemicals

Storage of product and raw material

3. The Water (Preventionand Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion modernization, change of product mix of the existing project, Existingplants

Prevention, control and abatement of water pollution

Manufacturing/ operational activitiesviz. boiler, processunit, cooling toweretc.

4. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion/modernization, change of product mix of the existing project,Existing industries

Prevention, control and abatement of air pollution.

Manufacturing/ operational activities viz. flue gas/processgas emission etc.

5. The Hazardous and otherwastes (Management, Handling andTransboundary movement Rules) 2016and Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016.

Management, Handling Transboundary Movement Hazardous waste.

and of

Prevention, Control and abatement of pollution.

Manufacturing activity, ETP, MEE,Scrubber etc.

6. The Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986 and its Amendments.

New projects, Expansion/ modernization change of product mix of theexisting project, Existing industries

Protection Improvement Environment of and theEnvironment.

Manufacturing/ operational activities

7. The Noise Pollution (Regulation And Control) Rules, 2000.

New projects, Expansion/modernizat ion change of product mix of the existing project,Existing industries.

To protect the workers and public from noise related problems.

Transportation of product & raw material, plant machinery etc.

8. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and its amendments.

Transportation of Hazardous Substance.

To provide immediate relief to persons affected by accident involving hazardous substances and also for Establishing an Environmental Relief fund.

Manufacturing/ operational/industryassociated activity /workers

9. Factories Rules 1950 and its amendments.

New projects, Expansion/ modernization change of product mix of theexisting project, Existing industries.

Control of work place environment, and providing for good health and safety of workers.

Manufacturing/operational activities

The Explosives Act, 1884 Hazardous / Explosive Chemical use in new projects, Expansion/ modernization change of

To regulate the manufacture, possession, use, sale,transport, export and

Handling / storage/use of hazardous chemicals


INTRODUCTION


S.N. Act and Rules Purpose Objective Activity

The Explosive Rules, 1983 product mix of the existing project, Existing industries

import of explosives with a view to prevent accidents

The Insecticide Act,1968 New projects, Expansion/modernizat ion, change of product mix of the existing project,Existing industries (Insecticides including fungicides and weedicides

Regulate the import,manufacture, sale, transport, distribution and use of insecticides with a view to prevent risk to human beingsor animals

Manufacturing/ operational/sell/ application ofproposed products

The Insecticide Rules, 1971

Over and above other act / rules viz. motor vehicle act, import/export regulation etc. may also be applicable.


Chapter-2 Project Description


Chapter – 2

ProjectDescription


PROJECT DESCRIPTION

(QCI/ NABET Accredited) Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (2. 1)

Chapter 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 .1 Type of Project

The proposed expansion project is a brownfeild project for increase in existing production capacity and addition of new products to existing Agrochemicals and Intermediates manufacturing facility. The technology to be used to manufacture of the proposed products is totally proven and safe in all aspects. Detailed production capacity is given in .

2 .2 Need for the project

The agrochemicals industry is expected to play a pivotal role in attaining food security for a populous country like India. With dwindling land under cultivation and a lower portion of that under irrigation, the need to increase farm productivity with efficient use of plant nutrients and protection is the need of the hour. India’s agrochemical consumption is one of the lowest in the world with per hectare consumption being just 0.6 kgs as compared to the United States (5-7 kgs/hectare) and Japan (11-12 kgs/hectare). With the increase in awareness and market penetration, consumption is likely to improve in the near future. The project will help industrial development in the region. [

2 .3 Justification for Site Selection

Since the proposed expansion activity will be carried out within the existing premises, the said area already has following facilities,

Location within the established notified industrial estate.

Away from nearby villages / habitation.

Availability of common infrastructural facilities of the industrial estate.

Availability of good quality water supply in the industrial estate.

Effective waste water discharge facility is available through pipeline up to sea by NCTL.

Availability of authorized solid waste disposal site in nearby area.

Availability of requisite skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor from local area.

Facilities such as power, water, communication etc. are easily available.

2 .4 Location of the Project

The proposed industrial activity is to be carried out within the existing premises of M/s.Meghmani Organics Limited.Plot allotment letters are attached as The salient features of the project site are as given below:

The general location of the project site is presented in .

Toposheet map showing the project site & surrounding is shown in .

Map showing the project boundary on Google image with latitude and longitude of the site is shown as

.

Layout of industrial area indicating location of unit within the industrial area/estate is shown in

Site layout map (existing and proposed activity area) is presented as

Break-up of total land area and proposed infrastructure facilities details are given in .

Photographs showing existing unit are depicted as


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-1: Location on the map of Gujarat

District Map Taluka Map

Location of Project Site Village Map


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-2: Toposheet map showing the project site and study area


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-3: Map showing project boundary

S.N. Plot No. Latitude Longitude

A

5001/B, 5027 to 5034 &

5037

21° 36' 55.16" 73° 1' 58.54"

B 21° 36' 54.91" 73° 2' 2.16"

C 21° 36' 54.66" 73° 2' 5.46"

D 21° 36' 53.74" 73° 2' 5.41"

E 21° 36' 53.79" 73° 2' 4.01"

F 21° 36' 51.9" 73° 2' 3.9"

G 21° 36' 51.74" 73° 2' 5.21"

H 21° 36' 48.44" 73° 2' 5.09"

I 21° 36' 48.63" 73° 2' 1.96"

J 21° 36' 48.76" 73° 1' 59.8"

K 21° 36' 50.12" 73° 1' 59.84"

L 21° 36' 50.26" 73° 1' 58.17"

M 21° 36' 52.66" 73° 1' 58.34"

1

4707/B & 4707/P

21° 36' 55.49" 73° 2' 3.52"

2 21° 37' 0.03" 73° 2' 3.93"

3 21° 37' 3.65" 73° 2' 4.12"

4 21° 37' 3.48" 73° 2' 7.34"

5 21° 36' 59.79" 73° 2' 7.12"

6 21° 36' 55.15" 73° 2' 6.76"

7 21° 36' 55.3" 73° 2' 4.98"


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-4: Layout of industrial area indicating location of the unit


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-5: Site layout map (existing and proposed activity area)


PROJECT DESCRIPTION

(QCI/ NABET Accredited) Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (2.7)


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-1: Land area break-up

Sr. No. DescriptionArea (m2)

Existing Proposed Total

1 Manufacturing process area 6,073.50 8273 14,346.50

2 Storage (product) 900 0 900.00

3 Storage (fuel) 2,134 0 2,134.00

4 Storage (water) 503.25 0 503.25

5 Storage (hazardous/solid waste) 1,525.93 575 2,100.93

6 Storage (hazardous chemicals) 3,117.71 1,982.90 5,100.61

7 Effluent Treatment Plant 3,663 290.8 3,953.80

8 Utilities 2,477.76 2,011.82 4,489.58

9

Others

a) Office(Administration + Security) 3,985.33 0 3,985.33

b) Parking 491.52 0 491.52

c) Open Land Area and Road 29,735.75 -29,116.27 619.48

10 Green belt* 3,378.25 15,982.75 19,361.00

TOTAL LAND AREA 57,986 0 57,986

*Note: It may be noted that total greenbelt area will be 23,194 m2 (40 % AS PER THE MINISTRY’S OFFICE MEMORANDUM 31ST

Google Earth

OCTOBER, 2019 REGARDING PROJECTS LOCATED IN CRITICALLY POLLUTED AREA) provided within/OR outside the premises.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-6 : Photograph of existing unit /site visit and greenbelt area

(a) MOL, Ankleshwar factory view (b) Inside the factory

(c) Storage Area (d) Green belt at periphery of the project site

(e) Green belt at inside periphery of the project site (f) Green belt at outside periphery of the project site


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.4.1 List of Industries

Table 2-2: List of Industries in GIDC, Ankleshwar

Sr. No. Plot No. Name of Industry

1. -- Abbott Laboratory (I) Ltd.2. 100/101 Alpaine Ceramics Industries, 3. 140/ 3 Ambeshwar Paper Mills Ltd.4. 39/137 Anal Products Ltd.5. 318-319 Ashok Organics Inds. Ltd.6. 2602 Asian Paints (India) Limited7. 297 Atul Ltd.8. 6301-10 A Aventis Crop Science India Ltd.9. 2 Binayakia Synthetics Ltd.

10. 26 Bombay Drugs fi Pharmas Ltd.11. 291 Cadila Healthcare Limited12. 3204 Coromandel International Limited13. 294 Cadila Pharmaceuticals Limited14. 2A Deepak Synthecs (p) Ltd.15. 6216 Diamond Dye-Chem, Lt. (Unit-II)16. Al/ 381 Eldee Velvets & Industries Lim.17. 2413/14 Enviro Technology Limited18. 79/ 7 Ewac Alloys Ltd.19. 3201 Ficom Organics Limited20. 3525-26-27 Gharda Chemicals Limited21. 3102-3109 Glaxo India Limited22. -- Gravier Packaging Ltd.23. 805/ 806 Gujarat Insecticides Limited24. 327/1 Gujarat Organics Limited25. 8 Gujarat Reclaim fi Rubber Production26. 920& B Haryana Sheet Glass Ltd.27. 3208 Hemarti Organics fi Chemicals28. 9003-9010 HeubachColour Ltd.

29.3501/ 3503-15, 63108-14

Hoechest Mariou Roussel Ltd.

30. 128/1/ 1 Ifiunik Pharmaceuticals Limited31. 2900 Indokem Limited32. 501 Indosol Drugs Ltd.33. -- Industrial Solvants & Chemicals34. 3407 Kanoria Chemicals fi Industries35. 6101/1-2 Kanoria Dychem Ltd.,36. 6005 K.A. Malle Pharmceuticals Ltd.37. 3307 Keshvani Synthic (I) Ltd.38. 2802/3 L.D. Textile Industries Ltd.39. 321 Laffans Petrochemicals Ltd.40. 23/6 Luna Chemicals Indu. Pri. Ltd.41. 124-125 Lupin Laboratories Limited42. 5054- 5056 Overseas Synthetics Ltd.43. 8809 Oxford Induestries Ltd.44. 3303 Panama Petrochem Ltd.45. -- Pesticides India Industries Ltd.46. 3102/A R.P.G. Life Science Ltd.47. 3301 Rallis India Ltd.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Sr. No. Plot No. Name of Industry

48. 119 Rapicut Carbides Ltd.49. 5807 Rishiroop Rubber (Int.) Ltd.50. 3102/A RPG Life Science Limited51. 640 RPG Life Science Limited52. 6102/3 Sajjan India Ltd.53. 1 & 122 Schenectady-Back India Ltd.54. -- Shri Dinesh Mill Ltd.55. 330-A Suzlon Fibres Limited56. 4802/B SVM Cera Tea Build Ltd.57. 4708 Sun Pharma58. 4722 Tonira Pharma Ltd59. 128/1 Unique Pharmaceuticals Labs. Ltd.60. 138 Wockhardt Ltd.61. A-1/5240 Yagnik Synthetics Ltd.62. 3405/6 UPL Ltd., Unit-2


PROJECT DESCRIPTION

(QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (2.12)

2 .5 Size or magnitude of operation

2.5.1 Details of products and its capacityTable 2-3: Details of products, production capacity and its end use


Quantity, MT/Month

Existing(As per CCA order No:

AH-95764 dated 4/11/2019)


1 G0 Zeta Cypermethrin

Insecticide

52315-07-8 0

450

2 G0 Alphamethrin 67375-30-8 0

3 G0 Bifenthrin# 82657-04-3 30

4 G0 Cypermetrine 52315-07-8 0

5 G0 Lambda Cyhalothrin* 91465-08-6 20

6 G0 Permethrin# 52645-53-1 30

7 G01 Beta-Cypermethrin

Insecticide

52315-07-8 0

100

8 G01 Beta-Cyfluthrin 68359-37-5 0

9 G01 Deltamethrin 52918-63-5 0

10 G01 Transfluthrin 118712-89-3 0

11 G01 Cyfluthrin 68359-37-5 0

12 G1 Acetamiprid

Insecticide

135410-20-7 0

5013 G1 Imidacloprid * 138261-41-3 20

14 G1 Dinotefuran 165252-70-0 0

15 G2 Lufenuron

Insecticide

103055-07-8 0

70

16 G2 Novaluron 116714-46-6 0

17 G2 Buprofezin 69327-76-0 0

18 G2 Diafenthiuron * 80060-09-9 20

19 G2 Ethephon Plant growth regulator 16672-87-0 0

20 G2 Propargite Insecticide 2312-35-8 0


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity, MT/Month

Existing(As per CCA order No:

AH-95764 dated 4/11/2019)


21 G3 EthiproleInsecticide

181587-01-9 025

22 G3 Fipronil * 120068-37-3 20


Insecticide

500008-45-7 0

100

24 G4 Tolfenpyrad 129558-76-5 0

25 G4 Flonicamide 158062-67-0 0

26 G4 Spiromesifen 283594-90-1 0

27 G4 Thiocyclam Oxalate 31895-22-4 0

28 G4 Flubendiamides 272451-65-7 0

29 G5 Triclopyr Ester Herbicide 64700-56-7 12.4

15030 G5 Chlorpyrifos EthylInsecticide

2921-88-2 75

31 G5 Chlorpyrifos-Methyl 5598-13-0 0

32 I1 Bifenthrin AlcoholIntermediate for

Insecticide manufacture

76350-90-8 0

20033 I1 Lambda Cyhalothric Acid(LC Acid) 72748-35-7 0

34 I1 Sodium Salt of HTCP 37439-34-2 0

35 I22-(2’-2’-dichlorovinyl)-3-3-dimethylecyclopropane carboxylic acid chloride (CMAC) Intermediate for

Insecticide manufacture

52314-67-7 122

35036 I2 High Trans – CMAC 52314-67-7 0

37 I2 High Trans – CMA 59042-50-8 0

38 I2 Meta Phenoxy Benzyl Alcohol 13826-35-2 0

TOTAL 259.4 1495


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


*Existing four products namely [Imidacloprid and or Fipronil and or Lambda Cyhalothrin and or Diafenthiuron] overall production capacity of 20MT/Month as per CCA-Amendment vide order no-GPCB/ANK/CCA-415(10)/ID-14835/525999 dated 04/11/2019.

#Existing Products namely [Bifenthrin and or Permethrin] overall production capacity of 30 MT/Month as per CCA-Amendment vide order no-GPCB/ANK/CCA-415(10)/ID-14835/525999 dated 04/11/2019.

Banned Pesticides

As per the Gazzette Notification [S.O. 3951(E)] by Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, Department of Agriculture, Co-Operation and Farmers Welfare, published on August 08, 2018 a total of eighteen (18) pesticides are banned or restricted under section 5 of the Insecticides Act, 1968 (46 of 1968). As per this order, referred to as Pesticides (Prohibition) Order, 2018, no person shall manufacture, import, formulate, transport, sell, use of any pesticide specified under column (2) of the Schedule to this Order from the date specified under column (3) thereof.

MOL, Ankleshwar is not manufacturing any banned pesticide products and shall not manufacture, store or import any such products. Undertaking for “No banned pesticides will be manufactured” is given in .

2.5.2 Raw Material DetailsTable 2-4: Details of raw material consumption

Sr. No. Group Name of Products Name of Raw

Materials CAS No. Quantity (Kg/MT)

Quantity(Kg/Month)

1 G0 Zeta Cyper

Cypermethrin* 52315-07-8 1166 524700

Acetic Acid* 64-19-7 1 450

Heptane 142-82-5 196 88.200

Soda ash 497-19-8 92 41400

Aliquote 63393-96-4 9 4050

2 G0 Alphamethrin

Cypermethrin* 52315-07-8 1475 663750

Hexane* 142-82-5 150 67.500

Triethyl Amine* 121-44-8 545 245250

Sulphuric Acid* 7664-93-9 428 192600

Sodium Hypo Chlorite 7681-52-9 190 85500

Acetic Acid* 64-19-7 2 900

Sodium hydroxide* 1310-73-2 286 128700

3 G0 Bifenthrin

L. C. Acid 72748-35-7 738 332100

Thionyl Chloride* 7719-09-7 446 200700

Dimethylformamide(DMF) 68-12-2 6 2700


Bifenthrin Alcohol 76350-90-8 507 228150

Hexane* 110-54-3 110.0 49.500

4-DMAP (Catalyst) 1122-58-3 6 2700

HCL 7647-01-0 73 32850

4 G0 Cypermethrin

CMAC 52314-67-7 590 265500

Meta phenoxy benzaldehyde (MPBD) 39515-51-0 485 218250

NaCN* 143-33-9 145 65250


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

PTC 103-85-5 6 2700

Hexane* 110-54-3 45 20.250


5 G0 Lambda Cyhalothrin

L. C. Acid 72748-35-7 640 288000




Hexane* 110-54-3 205 92.250

Soda Ash 497-19-8 15 6750

TEBA ( Catalyst) 56-37-1 12 5400

NaCN* 143-33-9 153 68850



Sodium Bicarbonate 144-55-8 7 3150

Acetic Acid* 64-19-7 7 3150

Isopropyl Alcohol* 67-63-0 85 38.250

DIPA ( Catalyst) 108-18-9 60 27000

HCL(30% solution) 7647-01-0 225 101250

6 G0 Permethrin

MPB Alcohol 3951551-0 525 236250

CMAC 52314-67-7 620 279000

Soda Ash 497-19-8 40 18000

7 G01 Beta cypermethrin

Cypermethrin* 52315-07-8 1500 150000


Catalyst -- 150 15000

Sulphuric Acid* 7664-93-9 400 40000


Acetic Acid* 64-19-7 2 200


8 G01 Beta Cyfluthrin

Crude Cyfluthrin 68359-37-5 1240 124000


TEA (Catalyst) 121-44-8 40 4000

9 G01 Deltamethrin

Deltametric Acid Chloride 55710-82-2 550 5500

Alpha-Hydroxy-3-phenoxybenzeneacetonitrile (CPBA)

39515-47-4 500 50000

Benzene* 71-43-2 12 1.200

Catalyst -- 180 18000



PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

10 G01 Transfluthrin

2,3,5,6 Tetra FluoroBenzly Alcohol 4084-38-2 495 49500

R-Trans Cypermethic Acid Chloride 52314-67-7 625 62500

Catalyst -- 12 1200

Hexane* 110-54-3 50 5.000

Soda Ash 497-19-8 248 24800

11 G01 Cyfluthrine

CMAC 52314-67-7 543 54300

Flourinated Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde(4-FMPB)

68359-57-9 505 50500

Toluene* 108-88-3 59 5.900

Sodium Cyanide* 143-33-9 177 17700

Sodium Bisulphite* 7631-90-5 253 25300

Sodium Hydroxide* 1310-73-2 145 14500

Tetra Butyl Ammonium Bromide 1643-19-2 3 300

Soda Ash 497-19-8 15 1500

Sodium Hypochlorite 7681-52-9 130 13000

Acetic Acid* 64-19-7 1 100

12 G1 Acetamiprid

Methanol 67-56-1 28 1.400

Potassium carbonate (K2CO3

584-08-7) 730 36500

2-Chloro-5-chloromethylpyridine (CCMP)

70258-18-3 990 49500

2-Cyano-N-methylacetamide(CMA)

6330-25-2 640 32000

Monomethyl amine (MMA)* 74-89-5 200 10000

13 G1 Imidacloprid

2-Chloro-5-chloromethylpyridine (CCMP)

70258-18-3 970 48500

2-Nitro Iminoidmmidazolidine(2-NII)

5465-96-3 900 45000

Acetonitrile* 75-05-8 1370 68500

Potassium carbonate (K2CO3

584-08-7) 940 47000

14 G1 Dinotefuran

M, N, O (2,3-Dimethylal-Nitrosourea 615-53-2 700 35000

3- (Aminomethyl) Tetrahydrofuran 165253-31-6 534 26700


15 G2 Lufenuron

2,6-Difluorobenzamide 18063-03-1 413 28910

Toluene* 108-88-3 32 2.240

Oxalyl Chloride 79-37-8 367 25690


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

2,5 Dichloro-4(1,1,2,3,3,3 haxafluroproxy) Anilne

95-82-9 750 52500

16 G2 Novaluron

2,6- Difluoro BenzoylIsocyanate 60731-73-9 320 22400

3 Chloro-4-(1,1,2-Trifluoro-2-(TrifluoroMethoxy) Ethoxy) Aniline*

116714-47-7 792 55440

Monochloro benzene (MCB)* 108-90-7 17 1.190

Toluene* 108-88-3 20 1.400

17 G2 Buprofezin

Monochloro benzene (MCB)* 108-90-7 20 1.400

1-Isopropyl-3-T Butyl Thiourea 52599-24-3 670 46900

N Chloromethyl-N-Phenyl Carbamoyl Chloride

52123-54-3 875 61250

Ammonium Carbonate 506-87-6 2400 168000

Methanol 67-56-1 100 7.000

18 G2 Diafenthiuron

1- (2,6-Diisopropyl-4-Phenoxy) Phenylthiourea (DIPPT)

135252-10-7 901 63070

Xylene 1330-20-7 108 7.560

Sulphuric Acid* 7664-93-9 133 9310

tert-Butylamine 75-64-9 222 15540

Acetonotrile* 75-05-8 1000 70000

19 G2 Ethaphon

Epoxyethane 75-21-8 825 57750

Phosphorus trichloride 7719-12-2 855 59850

HCl gas* 7647-01-0 460 32200

20 G2 Propargite

2-(4-Tert Butyl Phenoxy) Cyclohexanol 1942-71-8 706 49420


Toluene* 108-88-3 50 3.500

Propargyl Alcohol* 107-19-7 160 11200

Triethyl Amine* 121-44-8 183 12810

21 G3 Ethiprole

5-Amino-3-cyano-1-(2,6-dichloro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl)pyrazole

120068-79-3 867 21675

Chlorobenzene* 108-90-7 2600 65000

Sulfur monochloride* 10025-67-9 184 4600

Ethyl Bromide* 74-96-4 137 3425

Methanol 67-56-1 296 7.400

Ethylene Dichloride (EDC) 107-06-2 3400 85000

Hydrogen Peroxide* 7722-84-1 93 2325


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

Formic Acid* 64-18-6 112 2800

Methane Sulfonic Acid 75-75-2 112 2800

22 G3 Fipronil

Fipronil Pyrazole 120068-79-3 850 21250

Trimethyl amine hydrochloride (TMA HCl)

593-81-7 250 6250

Trifluoromethane Sulfinyl Chloride (TFMSC)

20621-29-8 400 10000

Liquor Ammonia 1336-21-6 220 5500

Toluene* 108-88-3 200 5.000


2-amino-5-chloro-N, 3-mdimethylebenzamide 890707-28-5 440 4400

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

943982-60-3 706 70600

Triethyl Amine* 121-44-8 225 22500

Toluene* 108-88-3 158 15.800

24 G4 Toifenpyrod

Toluene* 108-88-3 7 0.700

Inermediate-1 6192-52-5 553 55300

Intermediate-2 1182281-78-2 563 56300

25 G4 Flonicamide

4-trifluoromethyl nicotinic Acid 158063-66-2 1020 10200

Toluene* 108-88-3 140 14.000



Tetra hydrofuran* 109-99-9 55 5.500

Triethyl Amine* 121-44-8 1225 122500

Amino Acetonitrile Hydrochloride 6011-14-9 540 54000

Dichloroethane 107-06-2 308 30.800

Soda Ash 497-19-8 48 4800

26 G4 Spiromesifen


Soda Ash 497-19-8 90 9000

Ester 6306-52-1 500 50000

Toluene* 108-88-3 6 0.600

TBAC 75-57-0 438 43800


27 G4 Thiocyclam Oxalate

Bensultap 17606-31-4 2000 200000

Sodium Sulphide* 1313-82-2 365 36500

Methanol 67-56-1 102 10.200

Toluene* 108-88-3 102 10.200


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

Oxalic acid 144-62-7 417 41700

28 G4 Flubendiamide

Dichloromethane 75-09-2 3000 300000

3-IODO-N2-(2-Methyl-1-(Methylthio) Propan-2-YL)-N1-(2-Methyl-4-(Perfluoropropan-2YL) Phenyl)(IMMTPMPFPPP)

272451-61-3 1000 100000

3-Chloro Peroxy Benzoic Acid (m-CPBA) 937-14-4 550 55000

29 G5 Trichlopyr Ester

2- Butoxy Ethanol 111-76-2 500 75000

Chloroacetic Acid* 79-11-8 460 69000

Sulphuric Acid* 7664-93-9 34 5100

Hexane* 110-54-3 72 10.800

Sodium Carbonate 497-19-8 80 12000

Sodium salt of HTCP 105140-23-6 944 141600

Catalyst ( TBAB) 1643-19-2 60 9000


Sodium Chloride 7440-23-5 270 40500

30 G5 Chlorpyrifos Ethyl

Nitrobenzene* 98-95-3 100 15.000

Acrylonitrile* 107-13-1 310 46500

Trichloro acetyl chloride* 76-02-8 900 135000

Catalyst -- 6 900

Activated Carbon 7440-44-0 11 1650

Soda Ash 497-19-8 473 70950

Ethylene Dichloride(EDC) 107-06-2 180 27.027

Catalyst ( TABA +TEDA) 1643-19-2 12 1800

Diethyl Thiophosphoryl Chloride (DETCL) 2524-04-1 563 84450

31 G5 Chlorpyrifos Methyl

Sodium salt of HTCP 105140-23-6 900 135000

Sodium Chloride 7440-23-5 215 32250

Boric Acid 10043-35-3 45 6750

Sodium hydroxide Flakes* 1310-73-2 26 3900

Methylene Dichloride 75-09-2 2650 397500

Catalyst (TEBA) 56-37-1 8 1200

1-Methyl Imidazole 616-47-7 4 600

Dimethyl thionylphosphoryl chloride (DMTCL)

2524-03-0 590 88500

32 I1 Bifenthrin Alcohol

2,6- Dichloro Toluene 118-69-4 950 190000

Magnesium Turning* 7439-95-4 272 54400

Bromo Benzene 108-86-1 880 176000


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

Dimethyl formamide 68-12-2 430 86000

THF* 109-99-9 170 34.000

Potassium Borohydride 13762-51-1 160 32000

Dil. Sulphuric Acid Solution 7664-93-9 2400 480000

Catalyst -- 74 14800

Toluene* 108-88-3 65 13.000

33 I1 lambda cyhalothric Acid

Methyl 3,3 Dimethyl 4-pentenoate 63721-05-1 835 167000

1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane (R-113A)

76-13-1 1412 282400

T-Butanol 75-65-0 14177 2835400

Catalyst-1 -- 7 1400

Catalyst-2 -- 20 4000


Sodium t-Butoxide 865-48-5 553 110600

KOH* 1310-58-3 588 117600

HCL (15% solution) 7647-01-0 1176 235200

34 I1 Sodium Salt of HTCP

Nitrobenzene* 98-95-3 119 23.810

Acrylonitrile* 107-13-1 410 82000

Trichloroacetyl chloride* 76-02-8 1190 238000

Catalyst -- 8 1600

Soda Ash 497-19-8 625 125000

35 I2 CMAC

Acrylonitrile* 107-13-1 440 154000

Carbon tetrachloride (CTC)* 56-23-5 1696 593600

Acetonitrile* 75-05-08 14 0

DEA HCL 869-24-9 6 2100

Cupric chloride 7447-39-4 6 2100

HCl 7647-01-0 1990 696500


Thionyl chloride* 7719-09-7 1617 565950

Hexane* 110-54-3 549 192.150

Soda Ash 497-19-8 2405 841750

Isobutylene 115-11-7 538 188300

Triethanolamine (TEA)* 102-71-6 22 7.700


Boron trifluoride (BF3 7637-07-2) 11 3850

36 I2 High Trans CMAC CMAC 25/75 52314-67-7 2000 700000


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Quantity(Kg/Month)

Hexane* 110-54-3 175 61.250


Thionyl chloride* 7719-09-7 655 229250


37 I2 High Trans CMA

CMAC 25/75 52314-67-7 2100 735000

Hexane* 110-54-3 130 45.500


38 I2 MPB Alcohol


Hydrogen* 1333-74-0 12 4200

Raney Nickel* 7440-02-0 49 17150


*Fall under the list of Hazardous Chemicals as per the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules, 1989 and subsequent amendments.

2 .6 Project Implementation Schedule

Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and timeframe, in terms of site development, infrastructure provision, EMS implementation is described and shown in 2-7.

Table 2-5: Project Implementation Schedule

S. No. ActivitiesPeriod

Start Finish

1 Submission of Form-I along with Proposed ToR to MoEF & CC, New Delhi 23th March 2020

2 Receipt of ToR Letter from MoEF&CC, New Delhi 04th April 2020

3 EC & CTE Approval August. 2020 Jan. 2021

4 Detailed Engineering Jan. 2021 Mar. 2021

5 Procurement and Delivery Mar. 2021 Jul. 2021

6 Construction at Site (Buildings, Mech., Piping, Elec., Inst etc.) Apr. 2021 Nov. 2021

7 Mechanical Commissioning Nov. 2021 Dec. 2021

8 Pre Commissioning Nov. 2021 Dec. 2021

9 CTO Approval Nov. 2021 Dec. 2021

10 Process Startup and Stabilization Dec. 2021 Jan. 2022


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-7: Bar chart showing project implementation schedule

2 .7 Man Power Requirement

At present about 393 nos. of workers including skilled and unskilled workers are employed by the unit. The company is going to expand the existing manufacturing facility at same place. The company will employ 476workers through contract as well as permanent local or surrounding people for proposed expansion. Bifurcation details of manpower requirement are as given in .

Table 2-6: Details of employment / manpower requirement

StatusTotal workers in all shifts


Regular

Male 300 350 650

Female 01 01 2

Total-1 301 351 652

Contract

Male 92 125 217

Female 0 0 0

Total-2 92 125 217

Total (1 + 2) 393 476 869

2 .8 List of Major Equipments

List of existing and proposed plants/equipment/machinery is given in .

Table 2-7: List of Existing and proposed Plant Machinery/Equipments

Name of

Plant

Existing Equipments Proposed Equipments

No. of Reactor

No. of

Tank

No. of RM

storage

No. of Pump

No. of Scrubber

No. of Reactor

No. of Tank

No. of RM

storage

No. of Pump

No. of Scrubber

Plant - A 17 50

20

30 01 25 60

--

45 2

Plant -B 37 60 58 02 45 75 70 2

Plant- C 22 27 26 01 32 35 35 2

Plant - D 30 45 46 02 45 75 70 2

Plant – E 0 0 0 0 30 45 45 2


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Plant – F 0 0 0 0 25 40 35 2

Plant - 1 0 0 0 0 20 35 30 2

Plant – 2 0 0 0 0 25 40 35 2

Plant – 3 0 0 0 0 25 45 35 2

ETP/MEE - - 25 - - - - -

Total 106 182 20 185 6 272 450 400 18

Sr. No.

Name of Plant Machinery & Equipments

No. of Unit


1. ANF 06 10 16

2. Filter Press 03 02 5

3. FBD 02 01 3

4. Cooling Tower 10 05 15

5. Boiler 03 02 5

6. Nitrogen Plant 05 02 7

7. Brine Plant 03 07 10

8. Chilling Plant 03 07 10

9. Air Compressor 04 08 12

10. TFH 00 02 2

11. ETP Plant 01 01 2

12. MEE plant with ATFD 01 01 2

13. RO 00 01 1

14. Reactor 106 272 378

15. Tank 182 450 632

16. No. of RM storage 20 123 143

17. Pump 185 400 585

18. Scrubber 6 19 25


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



2 .9 Technical and process description

Details of Manufacturing Process, Chemical Reaction and Mass Balance

1. ZETA CYPERMETHRIN

Manufacturing Process:

Step-1: PURIFICATION OF LIQUID CYPERMETHRIN

Charge Heptanes into reaction flask under stirring and charge slowly Pre heated liquid Cypermethrin (65/35) into it. Heat the mixture up to 50 ° 5 °C to dissolve

Cypermethrin.Cool the mass up to 0 to 4°C.Stir the mass for 1 hour. Charge solid Cypermethrin for seeding Maintain the mass at 0 to 4°C temp for 20 hrs.After this, filter

the mass and wash the cake with cold heptanes.Maintain the temperature of wet cake < 15degreeC.Use wet cake for Epimerization.(next step)

Step-2: EPIMERISATION OF SOLID CYPERMETHRIN:

Charge wet cake of solid Cypermethrin (contains heptanes), Heptanes (Cooled below 23oC), Aliquot 336 (1%of the weight of solid Cypermethrin) & Sodium Carbonate

(1%of the weight of solid Cypermethrin) and continue string at 23o 2 C for several hours till the desired degree of epimerization has reached based on HPLC analysis of

a sample. At the end of epimerization reaction, charge water in reactor. Slowly add 30 % HCl solution below 15°C temperature. Check the pH. It should be less than

2.0.Start the heating up to 55 5°C. Stir the mass for 1 hour at 55 5°C.Settle the mass for 1 hour and then separate out the aq. Layer. Give the water wash to

organic layer at 55 5°C.Settle the mass for 1 hour and then separate out the aq. Layer. Transfer the organic layer in to reaction flask for heptanes recovery.

RECOVERY OF HEPTANE:

Start the heating and distilled out heptanes at 85 5°C under vacuum. Check the sample for % solvent content. It should be less than 0.5 %.After solvent content is less

than 0.5 %, pack Zeta Cypermethrin in drums.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Input Kgs Output Kgs

TOTAL 5412 5412

ProcessFlowDiagramofZetaCyper

crystalisation

ANF Filtration & Haptan Recovery

Haptan Recovery & Blending

Epimerisation

Chemical Reactions:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUTComponent Qty. (kg) Component Qty. (kg)

Haptane 2644 ProductCypermethrin 1166 Zeta Cyper 1000

Water/HCl 1500 By Product --

Soda Ash 92 To RecoveryAliquote 9 Haptane recovery 2448

Acetic acid 1 ML cyper (Reuse) 106

Spent Solvent

Haptane loss 196

To ETPWastewater 1662

Air Emission --

Total 5412 Total 5412

2. ALPHA CYPERMETHRIN:


Technical cypermethrin is heated to 45oC and Triethylamine (TEA) is added. Later the mixture is gradually cooled from 45oC to 25oC and the temperature is maintained for 2

hours. It is further chilled to 21oC and maintained for 12 hours. The solid crystallized is filtered through ANF and the cake obtained is dissolved in n-hexane. Hexane phase is

washed with dilute sulphuric acid till pH of the product becomes 3 to 5. It is further washed with water and again chilled to 21oC. Solid mass obtained is filtered through ANF

and vacuum dried to get Alpha cypermethrin.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chemical Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance


Cypermethrin 1475 ProductHexane 1255 ALPHACYPERMETHRIN 1000TriethylAmine (TEA) 545 By Product --Water 1905 To RecoverySulphuric acid 428 TEA recovery 428Sodium Hypo chloride 190 Hexane recovery 1105Acetic acid 2 ML cyper (Reuse) 330NaOH 286 Spent Solvent

Hexane loss 150To ETPWastewater 3073Air Emission --


3. BIFENTHRIN


Charge the Cyhalothric Acid and hexane in Reactor. Start the addition of thionyl chloride at 30 ° C. Cook the mass for 2 hrs at 30°C. Check the unreacted Cyhalothric Acid. It

should be less than 0.5 %. Distilled out the Hexane by vacuum pump.we will get Cyhalothric Acid chloride.

Take Toluene solvent, Lambda CyhalothricAcidChloride, Bifenthrin Alcohol and Catalyst (4-DMAP) and NaOH in the reactor. Maintain the mass up to 15 C . After completion of

the reaction mass heat up to 30 deg. then separate the waste water and give HCL and NaOH wash and water wash .Separate organic layer and then remove solvent under

vacuum and mass transfer for purification. Charge methanol in crude Bifenthrin and heat mass up to 65 deg. after cool the mass for crystallization. Filter and dry the mass and

packed in to drums.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chemical Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT

Component Qty. (kg) Component Qty. (kg)

L C Acid 738 Product

Thionyl Chloride 446 BIFENTHRIN 1000

DMF 6 By Product

Water 4000 HCL 30% 538

NaOH 384 SBS 1521

Hexane 2538 To Recovery

Bifenthrin Alcohol 507 Hexane recovery 2428

Catalyst( 4-DMAP) 6 Spent Solvent

HCL 73 Hexane loss 110

To ETP

Wastewater 3101

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



4. CYPERMETHRINE:


Metaphenoxybenzaldehyde and Cypermethric acid chloride are reacted with Sodium cyanide in solvent Hexane. This reaction mass is washed with water and solvent is distilled

out by vacuum. Product is packed as per requirement. The Cyanide containing effluent is fully detoxified with Sodium Hypochlorite, checked for the presence of excess

Hypochlorite (indicating complete cyanide destruction) and then sent for Incineration as concentrated stream

Chemical Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT

Component Qty. (kg) Component Qty.

(kg)CMAC 590 ProductMPB 485 CYPERMETHRINE 1000NaCN 145 By Product --PTC 6 To RecoveryWater 550 Hexane recovery 1045Hexane 1090 Spent SolventSodium hypochlorite 1630 Hexane loss 45Hypochlorite 200 To ETP

Wastewater 2406Air Emission --


5. LAMBDA –CYHALOTHRIN


Charge the Cyhalothric Acid and hexane in Reactor. Start the addition of thionyl chloride at 30 ° C. Cook the mass for 2 hrs at 30°C. Check the unreacted Cyhalothric Acid. It

should be less than 0.5 %. Distilled out the Hexane by vacuum pump. We will get Cyhalothric Acid chloride.

Charge sodium cyanide, phase transfer catalysis and water in reactor.Charge Cyhalothric Acid Chloride, Meta PhenoxyBenzaldehyde and hexane in another reactor. Dissolve the

sodium cyanide then add hexane. Start the addition of pre-mixture of Cyhalothric Acid Chloride and Meta PhenoxyBenzaldehyde at 30°C. Cook the mass for 2 hrs at 30°C.

Check the unreacted MPB. It should be less than 2 %. Separate the organic layer. Give two water wash to organic layer. Take organic layer for hexane distillation. Distilled out

hexane by vacuum pump.we will get Cyhalothrin Technical.

Charge Cyhalothrin Technical and Isopropyl Alcohol in Reactor. Cool the mass up to –5 °C. After reaching the temperature –5°C add Diiso propyl amine and small quantity of

Lambda Cyhalothrin crystal. Maintain the mass for 72 hrs at -5°C. After 72 hrs maintaining, filter the crystal’s of Lambda-Cyhalothrin through ANF. Give one water wash to cake

and one wash of Isoprpyl alcohol to cake. Dry the material at 30°C under vacuum. After drying pack the material in drum.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chemical Reaction :


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


L C acid 640 ProductThionyl chloride 384 LAMBDA CYHALOTHRIN 1000DMF 5 By ProductWater 7162 SBS 1243NaOH 130 HCL 30% 400Hexane 4055 To RecoverySoda ash 15 Hexane recovery 3850

TEBA (Catalyst) 12 Isopropyl Alcohol recovery 715

NaCN 153 DIPA recovery 50MPB 475 Spent SolventSodium Hypo Chlorite 1630 Hexane loss 205Sodium Bicarbonate 7 To ETPAcetic acid 7 Wastewater 8297Isopropyl Alcohol 800 Air Emission --DIPA (Catalyst) 60HCl 30% 225



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



6. PERMETHRIN:


In a Glass lined reactor, CMAC charged. Addition of MPBA is started at temperature of 20oC. The addition is completed within 3 to 4 hours and the same temperature is

maintained for 3 hours. The sample is checked for unreacted MPBA. If not found, hexane is added and the hexane layer is washed with soda ash solution, followed by plain

water. The hexane layer is separated and transferred to another reactor for distillation. Hexane is recovered by distilling under vacuum. The material remaining in the reactor is

permethrin technical, which is packed suitably in lacquered MS drums.

Chemical Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)

CMAC 620 Product

MPB Alcohol 525 PERMETHRIN 1000

Water 1555 By Product

Soda ash 40 HCL 30% 320

To Recovery --

Spent Waste --

To ETP

Wastewater 1420

Air Emission --


7. BETA CYPERMETHRIN:


Technical cypermethrin is heated to 45oC and Catalyst is added. Later the mixture is gradually cooled from 45oC to 25oC and the temperature is maintained for 2 hours. It is

further chilled to 21oC and maintained for 12 hours. The solid crystallized is filtered through ANF and the cake obtained is dissolved in Isopropyl Alcohol. Isopropyl Alcohol

phase is washed with dilute sulphuric acid till pH of the product becomes 3 to 5. It is further washed with water and again chilled to 21oC. Solid mass obtained is filtered

through ANF and vacuum dried to get Beta cypermethrin.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chemical Reaction

Catalyst Iso Propyl Alcohol


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Beta Cypermetrhin

Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Cypermethrin 1500 ProductIsopropyl Alcohol 1170 BETA CYPERMETHRIN 1000Catalyst 150 By Product --Water 2100 To RecoverySulphuric acid 400 Catalyst recovery 117Sodium Hypo Chloride 200 IPA recovery 980Acetic acid 2 ML cyper 385NaOH 300 Spent Solvent

IPA loss 190To ETPWastewater 3150Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



8. BETA CYFLUTHRIN:



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Crude Cyfluthrine 1240 ProductIPA 3000 BETA CYFLUTHRIN 1000Catalyst 40 By Product --

To RecoveryCatalyst recovery 40IPA recovery 2890Cyfluthrine recycle 240Spent SolventIPA loss 110To ETP --Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



9. DELTAMETHRIN:



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

10. TRANSFLUTHRIN


2,3,5,6 - Tetra Fluoro Benzyl Alcohol is reacted with R –Trans Cypermethric Acid Chloride (R-Trans CMAC) in presence of Solvent n-Hexane to give the Tefluthrin mass.

Hydrochloric acid gas is generated during the reaction which is scrubbed in water to get 30% solution of hydrochloric acid.

The resulting mass is then washed by Soda Ash solutions as well as water. Finally solvent is stripped off to recover it & to get the pure Transfluthrin Tech.

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)DCA 550 ProductCPBA 500 DELTAMETHRIN 1000Benzene 600 By Product --Catalyst 180 To RecoveryCaustic 100 Catalyst recovery 180Water 350 Benzene recovery 588

Spent WasteBenzene loss 12To ETPWastewater 500Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)

Water 483 Product

2,3,5,6 Tetra FluoroBenzyle Alcohol 495 TRANSFLUTHRIN 1000

R-trans Cypermethic Acid Chloride 625 By Product

Catalyst 12 HCL 335


Soda ash 248 Hexane recovery 1930

Spent Solvent

Hexane loss 50

To ETP

Wastewater 528

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



11. CYFLUTHRIN


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)CMAC 543 ProductFlourinated Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde (4-FMPB)

505 CYFLUTHRIN 1000

Toluene 2234 By Product --Sodium Cynide 177 To RecoverySodium Bisulphite 253 Toluene recovery 2175Sodium hydroxide 145 Spent SolventWater 5828 Toluene loss 59Tetra Butyl Ammonium Bromide 3 To ETP

Sodium Hypochlorite 130 Wastewater 6600Soda ash 15 Air Emission --Acetic acid 1



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



12. ACETAMPRIDE:



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Mass Balance

NPUT OUTPUT


Methanol 1400 Product

K2CO 7303 ACETAMPRIDE 1000

CCMP 990 By Product --

CMA 640 To Recovery

MMA 200 Methanol recovery 1372

Spent Solvent

Methanol loss 28

To ETP

Wastewater 1560

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



13. IMIDACLOPRID



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)CCMP 970 ProductN-Nitro Iminoidmmidazolidine (N-NII)

900 IMIDACLOPRID 1000

Acetonitrile 1370 By Product --

K2CO 9403 To Recovery

Acetonitrile recovery 1343

Spent Solvent --

Residue 27

To ETP

Wastewater 1810

Air Emission --


14. DINOTEFURAN


Charge Furfurylamine and Isourea into a reactor along with water and NaOH. The mass is heated to 50°C and cooking for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction cool to

room temperature, centrifuged and the wash the cake with water. The wet cake is the dried to get technical grade Dinotefuran.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)M,N,O (2,3-Dimethylal-Nitroso Urea)

700 Product

3- Aminomethyl Tetrahydro Furan 534 DINOTEFURAN 1000

Water 2400 By Product --

NaOH 20 To RecoveryMethanol recovery 160Spent Solvent --

To ETPAqueous Layer 2494

Air Emission --Total 3654 Total 3654


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



15. LUFENURON


2, 6-Difluorobenzamide and solvent toluene charged in reactor. Then oxalyl chloride mass added, heated the reaction mass to reflux to yield followed by partial distillation to

give 2,6-difluoro benzoyl isocyanate. Obtained concentrated mass was reacted with2,5-Dichloro-4-(1,1,2,3,3,3- hexafluoro-propoxy)aniline in presence of toluene as a solvent.

After completion of the reaction, the reaction mass was concentrated, recrystallized, filtered and dried to get Lufenuron Technical


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)2,6 Difluorobenzamide 413 ProductToluene 1563 Lufenuron 1000

Oxalyl Chloride 367 By ProductWater 158 HCl 210

2,5 Dichloro-4 1,1,2,3,3,3 hexafluro – proxyl Aniline 750 To Recovery

Toluene 1531Solvent LossToluene loss 32

Residue 290

To ETP --

Air Emission 188Total 3251 Total 3251


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



16. NOVALURON:


Novaluron technical is produced by the reaction of 2,6 – difluoro benzoyl isocyanate with 2 chloro-4 amino phenoxy ether in presence of monochlorobenzene as a solvent at a temperature of 90 – 95°C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mass is cooled, centrifuged and washed with water. The ML is recycled as such in the reaction. Novaluron wet cake is then crystallized from toluene centrifuged and dried to get Novaluron technical. ML is distilled and the solvent is recycled.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)2,6 DIFLUORO BENZOYLISOCYANATE 320 Product

3 CHLORO-4-(1,1,2-TRIFLUORO-2-(TRIFLUORO METHOXY)ETHOXY)ANILINE

792 NOVALURON 1000

MCB 546 By Product --Water 1000 To RecoveryToluene 900 Toluene 880

MCB 529Spent LossMCB Loss 17Toluene Loss 20Residue 4To ETPWastewater 1108Air Emission --


17. BUPROFEZIN


Water and ammonium bicarbonate are charged into the reactor. MCB and thiourea are charged after stirring the mixture.

It is reacted with N-chloromethyl-N-phenyl carbamoyl chloride at controlled condition of 15 – 20°C. After completing the reaction the layers are separated. Aqueous layer is sent

to ETP. MCB is then distilled out of the organic layer.

Methanol is charged to the crude mass and the slurry is cooled to 10°C for crystallization. Buprofezin technical grade product is obtained after centrifugation and drying. ML is

distilled to recover methanol.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE


MCB 2400 Product1-Isopropyl-3T BytylThiourea 670 Buprofezin 1000N-Chloro methyl N-Phenyl Carbamoyl Chloride 875 By Product --

Ammonium Carbonate 2400 To RecoveryWater 2000 Methanol recovery 1300Methanol 1400 MCB recovery 2380

Solvent Loss

MCB loss 20

Methanol loss 100

Residue 40

To ETPWastewater 4905Air Emission --


18. DI FENTHIRON:


1(2,6diisopropyl4phenoxyphenyl)thiourea(DIPPT)is heated to reflux in presence of xylene as solvent to give 1,3diisopropyl2isothiocyanato5phenoxybenzene.

Condensation of 1,3diisopropyl2isothiocyanato5phenoxybenzene with Terbutyl Amine (TBA)in presence of Acetoniril as solvent to give Difenthiuron technical. Finally

purification is carried out in to yield pure Diafenthiuron. Recovered Acetoniri is distilled and recycled.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Chemical Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)DIPPT 901 ProductXylene 1802 Daifenthiuron 1000

Sulphuric Acid 133 By Product --

Water 49 Ammonium Sulphate 205

Ter-butyl Amine 222 To RecoveryAcetonitrile 1000 Xylene recovery 1694

Acetonitrile recovery 930

Solvent LossXylene loss 108Acetonitrile Loss 70Residue 91To ETPWastewater --Air Emission --Drying loss 9


19. ETHEPHON


Batch amounts of phosphorus trichloride and epoxyethane are charged into the reactor. Complete the reaction to form Tris (2-chloroethyl) phosphite under 1 kg/cm2 at 20 –

25°C temperature in 5 hrs.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Transfer Tris(2-chloroethyl) phosphite into another reactor and then slowly heat up to 70 - 80°C temperature. When it reaches the temperature of rearranging reaction,

Tris(2-chloroethyl) phosphite is converted into phosphodiester. Cool the mass to 50°C.

Put phosphodiester into another reactor, and then slowly add HCl gas at 90 – 95°C for 5 hrs. Dichlorethane generated in reaction process distils out through the condenser

and is collected as byproduct. The technical product mass from the reactor is collected in drums.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

20. PROPARGITE


STEP: 1

Initially 2-(4-tert.Butylphenoxy) cyclohexanol and thionyl chloride are reacted in toluene to form the 2-(4-tert. Butylphenoxy) cyclohexylchlorosulphite intermediate at 50 -

55°C.HCl& SO2

INPUT

gas evolved during the reaction is removed by scrubbing with water & caustic soda solution respectively.

STEP: 2

The resulting reaction mixture containing 2-(4-tert.Butylphenoxy) cyclohexylchlorosulphite intermediate is then treated with propargyl alcohol and triethylamine.

The reaction mixture is filtered to remove TEA.HCl. Washing of organic layer with water is done followed by recovery of toluene by distillation to give Propargite Technical.

OUTPUTComponent Qty.

(kg)Component Qty.

(kg)Epoxyethane 825 ProductPhosphorus Tetrachloride

855 Ethaphon 1000

HCl Gas 460 By ProductWater 265 To Recovery

EDC recovery 1075

Solvent LossEDC loss 30To ETPAq. Effluent 300Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)2-(4- Tert Butyl PhenoxyCyclohexanol

706 Product

Thionyl Chloride 540 Propargite 1000

Toluene 1000 By ProductWater 500 HCL 103

Propargyl Alcohol 160 TEA HCL 286

Triethyl Amine 183 To Recovery

Toluene recovery 950

Spent loss

Toluene loss 50

To ETP

Wastewater 700



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



21. ETHIPROLE


Step-01Formation of pyrazoledisulfide: To a solution of 5-Amino-3-cyano-1-(2,6-dichloro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl) pyrazole(Pyrazole) in chlorobenzene, sulfurmonochloride is added and heated resulting in the formation pyrazoledisulfide. HClgenerated is scrubbed in caustic scrubber. Chlorobenzene is distilled off under reduced pressure and the crude is taken to next reaction without further purification.

Step-02 & 03Formation of Ethiprole: To a solution of Pyrazoledisulfide in methanol, Ethyl bromide is added. The mixture is heated to reflux for completion of reaction. The reaction mixture is cooled to crystallize the product which is separated by filtration. The cake is washed with water.

The wet cake is taken in ethylene dichloride (EDC) to which catalytic amount of formic acid and methane sulfonic acid are added. The mixture is warmed to 40 0C and 30% hydrogen peroxide solution is added resulting in the formation of Ethiprole. At the end of reaction, water is separated and EDC is distilled out. The reaction mixture is recystallized from methanol and dried

Process Reaction:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



INPUT Kgs OUTPUT Kgs

TOTAL 19190 19190

Process Flow Diagram of Ethiprole

Pyrazole disulfide

Ethiprole

Ethiprole sulfide

FLOW DIAGRAM:

Ethyl bromide

Hydrogen Peroxide

EthiproleDisulfide M.wt-704.28

EthiproleSulfide M.wt-381.20

Ethiprole Technical M.wt-397.2


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


Pyrazole 867 ProductChlorobenzene 2600 Ethiprole 1000Sulfur monochloride 184 By Product --

Ethyl Bromide 137 Hydrogen Chloride 46

Methanol 6200 Hydrogen Bromide 102

Water 3385 To Recovery

Ethylene Dichloride (EDC) 3400 Chlorobenzene 2545

Hydrogen Peroxide 93 Methanol 8004

Methanol 2100 EDC 3332

Formic Acid 112 Solvent Loss Methane Sulfonic Acid 112 Chlorobenzene loss 55

Methanol loss 296EDC loss 68To ETPWastewater 3742



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



22. FIPRONIL


Fipronil is manufactured by reaction of Fipronilpyrazole with Trifluoromethanesulphinyl chloride in Toluene at 15 to 20°C in presence of TMA-HCl. HCl gas evolved is scrubbed in water.

Check for unreacted pyrazole, if more than 2%, continue cooking for 2 more hours. After completion of reaction add water, stir and settle the layers. Send aq. layer to ETP.

Organic layer is distilled to recover solvent.

Charge Butyl acetate to the mass, centrifuge and dry at 60 -65°C to obtain Fipronil technical product. The ML is distilled to recover butyl acetate which is recycled for next batch.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




TOTAL 10600 10600

ProcessFlowDiagramofFipronil

CONDENSATION, FILTRATION& SOLVENT RECOVERY

WATER WASH & Filtration

DISTILATION & CRYSTALLISATION,

MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Fipronil Pyrazol 850 ProductTMA HCl 250 Fipronil 1000

TFMSC 400 By Product --

Liquor Ammonia 220 To RecoveryWater 5080 Toluene 3600

Toluene 3800 Solvent Loss

Toluene loss 200

To ETP 5785

Air Emission --

Drying Loss 15



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



23. CHLORANTRANILIPROLE



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)2-amino-5 chloro-N,3-mdimethyle benzamide

440 Product

3-bromo-1-(3 chloropyridin- 2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

706 Chlorantraniliprole 1000

Triethyl amine 225 By Product --

Toluene 3150 To RecoveryWater 2300 Toluene 2992

Solvent Loss

Toluene loss 158

Residue 146To ETPWastewater 2525Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



24. TOLEFENPYROD:

Manufacturing Process

In solvent toluene 4Methylphenoxyphenylmethylamine is taken and under reflux, the acid chloride 4chloro3ethyl1methylpyrazole5carboxyl chloride is added and the

reaction is completed. Aftercompletion of the reaction, the reaction mass is cooled to 40 degree and washed with water and the solventis refluxed to remove traces of water.

Finally the organic mass is cooled and crystallized, filtered and driedto get product


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


Toluene 314 ProductIntermediate-1 553 Tolefenpyrod 1000

Intermediate-2 563 By Product --


Toluene 307 Ethanol 119 ML Cyper 1947

Solvent Loss Toluene loss 7

To ETP --

Air Emission --Drying loss 50



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



25. FLONICAMIDE


Step-1:

Toluene, 4-(trifluoromethyl) pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and dimethylformamide were charged into reactor. Reaction mass was heated to 70-75°C and Thionyl chloride was added

followed by agitation till completion of reaction. Upon excess thionyl chloride and solvent was distilled out to get crude 4-(trifluoromethyl) pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride.

Step-1:

Obtained crude 4-(trifluoromethyl) pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran.Then, triethylamine and amino-acetonitrile hydrochloride were added, and the

reaction mass was agitated till completion of reaction. Upon completion of reaction, distilled off solvent and obtained residual mass was diluted with water and dichloroethane

and separated aqueous phase form organic phase. Obtained organic phase was subjected to crystallization to get Flonicamid Technical.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)4-trifluoromethyl

nictonic Acid1020 Product

Toluene 3060 Flonicamide 1000

DMF 20 By ProductThionyl Chloride 700 HCl 215

Water 1995 SBS 378

Caustic 48 To RecoveryTetra hydrofuran 2855 Toluene recovery 2920

Triethyl amine 1225 Tetra hydrofuran 2800

Amino Acitonitrile

Hydrochloride540 Dichloro ethan 3265

Dichloro ethane 3673 Solvent LossToluene 140Tetra hydrofuran 55Dichloro ethan 308

Residue 82

To ETP

Wastewater 3973

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



26. SPIROMESIFEN


In the manufacturing process, 3,3Dimethylpentanoyl chloride (DMPC) is reacted with 3Mesityl2oxo 1oxaspiro[4,4]non3ene (MOONE) in presence of solvent toluene ,

caustic and water. The aqueous layer is separated out and the toluene solvent is distilled partially and crystallized, filtered and dried to get the product


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)

DMF 1947 Product

NaOH 90 Spiromesifen 1000

Ester 500 By Product --

Toluene 1480 To Recovery

TBAC 438 Toluene 1465

3% Sodium bicarbonate 1228 DMF 1947

Water 1092 Solvent Loss

Toluene loss 6

To ETP

Wastewater 2232

Air Emission --

CO 252



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



27. THIOCYCLAM OXALATE


Bensultap is reacted with sodium sulfide at 50 - 58°C in presence of methanol. After completion of the reaction, methanol is distilled out followed by extraction of Thiocyclam

with toluene. Toluene layer of thiocyclam is further reacted with oxalic acid at 40-50°C to form Thiocyclam oxalate crude.

Toluene is distilled out under vacuum and the reaction mass is taken in methanol again. Crystallization from methanol, centrifugation and drying is done to get technical

Thicyclam oxalate. Methanol is distilled out of the ML and recycled.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Bensultap 2000 Product

Sodium Sulfide 365 THIOCYCLAM OXALATE 1000

Methanol 2000 By Product --Toluene 2000 To RecoveryOxalic acid 417 Methanol recovery 1900Water 1000 Toluene recovery 1900

Spent SolventMethanol loss 100Toluene loss 100To ETPWastewater 2782Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



28. FLUBENDIAMIDES


Charge 3-iodo-N2 -(2-methyl-1-(methylthio) propan-2-yl)-N1 -(2-methyl-4-(perfluoropropan-2- yl)phenyl)phthalamide (IMMTPMPFPPP) and dichloromethane. Add 3-chloro

peroxy benzoic acid (m-CPBA) lot-wise slowly for 6 hours and maintain for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction add water and separate the aqueous phase. Cool the

organic phase to 0-5o C and filter the slurry. Dry to obtain Flubendiamide technical.

Chemical Reaction :


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Dichloromethane 3000 ProductIMMTPMPFPPP 1000 FLUBENDIAMIDES 1000m-CPBA 500 By Product --Water 1000 To Recovery

Dichloromethane recovery 2950

Organic residue 50To ETPWastewater 1450Air Emission --Drying loss 100


29. TRICLOPYR ESTER:


Charge Butoxy ethanol, Monochloro Acetic Acid (MCA) and hexane and then remove the water by azeotropy distillation. Distill out hexane and take crude in another reactor

charge to Sodium Salt of HTCP, water, Soda Ash, Sodium Chloride, catalyst and sodium bicarbonate, Heat the mass up to 65°C for 12 hrs. After reaction completion add

hexane and separate the aq. Layer and give water wash. Recover hexane by distillation and reuse in the process. Distil out Triclopyr Ester under vacuum at high temp.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


2, Butoxy Ethanol 500 Product

Chloro Acetic acid 460 TRICLOPYR ESTER 1000

Sulphuric acid 34 By Product --


Sodium Carbonate 80 Hexane recovery 1380

Water 3918 Spent Solvent

NaHTCP Salt 944 Hexane loss 72

Catalyst (TBAB) 60 Residue 48

Sodium Bicarbonate 40 To ETP

Sodium Chloride 270 Wastewater 5258

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



30. CHLOROPYRIFOS - ETHYL


In a glass-lined reactor, Try Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC) and Acrylonitrile are reacted using Nitrobenzene as solvent. Reaction mass heated to 130 C. During reaction HCl gas

is generated. Which is scrubbed in scrubbing system till 30% HClobtained by circulation water as absorbing media by adiabatic absorption system. The unabsorbed HCl is

further scrubbed by circulating 4% NaOH Solution in Venturi Scrubber. The product HTCP is formed as solution in NB. The whole mass is transferred to other reactor to recover

unreacted raw materials and solvent by distillation process. The mass in reactor i.e. HTCP is drowned in a SS reactor containing 10 % NaOH under chilling conditions. The

reaction mass is purified by removing traces of TCP by steam distillation. The distillate is sent to ETP. The mass is now cooled to 10 during which Sodium Salt of HTCP

crystallized. The material is filtered and then packed in drum.

Sodium Salt of HTCP and Ethylene Dichloride as solvent are reacted in reactor. Diethyl thionylphosphoryl chloride is added slowly at 40 C till reaction is completed. After

completion of the reaction water wash is given, after the water wash the mass is filter and EDC is remove under vaccum to get Chloropyrifos. Then packed in MS drums for

dispatch.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



H

Cl

ONa

Cl

Cl

Na-HTCP

+ P

S

(OCH2CH3)2EDC Solvent

40 0 C

DiethylthioPhosphoryl ChlorideDETCL

Cl

Cl

O - P

Cl

NS

(OCH2CH3)2

+ NaClSodium Chloride

Chloropyrifos

Cl -(OCH2CH3)2


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Nitrobenzene 3510 ProductAcrylonitrile 310 Chloropyriphos Ethyl 1000

Trichloro acetylchloride 900 By ProductCatalyst 6 HCl 30% 610


Caustic Soda 473 Nitrobenzene Recovery 3410

Steam 2928 Ethylene Dichloride Recovery 5170

Ethylene Dichloride 5350 Activated Carbon 11

Catalyst ( TABA +TEDA) 12 Spent SolventDETCL 563 Nitrobenzene loss 100

Activated Carbon 11 Ethylene Dichloride loss 180

To ETPWastewater 10705

Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



31. CHLOROPYRIFOS - METHYL


Charge water, Sodium Salt of HTCP, Sodium Chloride, Boric Acid, Caustic Soda Flacks, Catalysts and Methylene chloride (MDC) as solvent are reacted in reactor. Dimethyl

thionylphosphoryl chloride (DMTCl) is added slowly at 20 C till reaction is completed. After completion of the reaction water wash is given, after the water wash the mass is

filter and MDC is remove under vaccum to get Chloropyrifos Methyl. Crystallized in IPA, filtered and dried to getChlorpyrifos Methyl.

Chemical Reactions :

NCl

Cl Cl

OP(OCH3)2

S

Sodium Salt of HTCP DMTClChlorpyrifos Methyl

+

NaOH Flacks Catalysts Water

MDC NACL BORIC Acid


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Water 6550 Product

NaHTCP 900 CHLOROPYRIPHOS METHYL 1000

Sodium Chloride 215 By Product --Boric Acid 45 To Recovery

Caustic Soda Flakes 26 Methylene Dichloride Recovery 2525

Methylene Dichloride 2650 Spent Solvent

Catalyst (TEBA) 8 Methylene Dichloride loss 125

1-Methyl Imidazole 4 To ETPDMTCL 590 Wastewater 7338

Air Emission --Total 10988 Total 10988


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



BIFENTHRIN ALCOHOL


Charge tetrahydrofuran, magnesium powder in the reactor followed by addition of 2,6-dichlorotoluene at 50°C and add bromobenzene for 4 hours. Rise to reflux and reflux

for 8 hours. After completion of reaction, cool to 40°C and add water and diluted sulfuric acid to pH 2. Distil out tetrahydrofuran under reduced pressure. Cool and separate

the aqueous phase from organic phase.

Charge tetrahydrofuran and magnesium powder in the reactor followed by addition of organic phase and stir the mass for 6 hrs at 50°C and add N,N-dimethylformamide for

4 hours. Then slowly charge Potassium Borohydride at 50°C. Distil out tetrahydrofuran under reduced pressure and add diluted sulfuric acid to pH 2. Charge followed by

addition of toluene. Separate the aqueous phase and cool the organic phase to 0°C. Filter the slurry and dry to obtain Bifenthrin alcohol

Chemical Reactions:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)

. 2,6-Dicloro Toluene 950 Product

. Magnesium Turning 142 . Bifenthrin Alcohol 1000

. Bromo Benzene 880 By Product --

. Catalysts 74 To Recovery

. THF 6000 THF recovery 5830

. Water 1200 Toluene recovery 2435

. Dil. Sulphuric Solution 2400 Spent Solvent

. Dimethyl Formamide 430 THF loss 170

. Magnesium Turning 130 Toluene loss 65

. Potassium Borohydride 160 Residue 97

. Toluene 2500 To ETP

. wastewater 5269

. Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



32. LAMBDA CYHALOTHRIC ACID


Step-1:

Methyl 3, 3-dimethyl-4-pentenoate, R-113A gas, Catalyst-I, Catalyst-2 and tertiary butyl alcohol were charged in reactor. Heat the reaction mass to reflux temperature and hold

under stirring till completion of reaction. Upon completion of reaction, solvent was distilled off and obtained crude product was subjected to fractional distillation to obtain pure

Heptanoate intermediate.

Step-2:

Dimethyl formamide, t-butanol and sodium t-butaoxide were charged in reactor. Then, Heptanoate intermediate was dropwise added at -5°C and hold under stirring for

completion of reaction. Upon completion of reaction, potassium hydroxide was charged in to reaction mass and agitated till completion. Upon completion of reaction, distilled

out solvent mixture, obtained mass was diluted with water and heated to reflux. Then, acidified with 15% hydrochloric acid filtered and dried to get lambda cyhalothric acid.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Metyl 3-3 Dimethyl 4-pentenoat 835 Product

R-113A 1412 . Lambda Cyhalothric Acid

1000

T-Butanol 5059 By Product --

Catalyst-1 6.5 To Recovery

Catalyst-2 19.5 T Butanol+ R-113A recovery 5603

T-Butanol 9118 DMF+T-Bultanol mixrecocvery 10824

DMF 1765 Spent Solvent --

Sodium t-Butoxide 553 Residue 35

KOH 588 To ETP

Water 1765 Wastewater 4835

HCL 1176 Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



33. SODIUM SALT OF HTCP


In a glass-lined reactor, Try Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC) and Acrylonitrile are reacted using Nitrobenzene as solvent. Reaction mass heated to 130 C. During reaction HCl gas

is generated. Which is scrubbed in scrubbing system till 30% HClobtained by circulation water as absorbing media by adiabatic absorption system. The unabsorbed HCl is

further scrubbed by circulating 4% NaOH Solution in Venturi Scrubber. The product HTCP is formed as solution in NB. The whole mass is transferred to other reactor to recover

unreacted raw materials and solvent by distillation process. The mass in reactor i.e. HTCP is drowned in a SS reactor containing 10 % NaOH under chilling conditions. The

reaction mass is purified by removing traces of TCP by steam distillation. The distillate is sent to ETP. The mass is now cooled to 10 during which Sodium Salt of HTCP

crystallized. The material is filtered and then packed in drum.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




TOTAL 15038 15038

ProcessFlowDiagramofSODIUMSALTofHTCP

Cyclization Reaction

Two Stage WaterScrubber

Distillation

Drowning

Steam Distillation

Filtration

MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)Nitrobenzene 4643 Product

Acrylonitrile 410 . SODIUM SALT of HTCP

1000

Trichloroacetyl chloride 1190 By Product

Catalyst 8 HCl 30% 803Water 4292 To Recovery

Caustic Soda 625 Nitrobenzene Recovery 4523

STEAM 3870 Spent WasteNitrobenzene loss 120To ETPWastewater 8592Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



34. CMAC :



PROJECT DESCRIPTION




PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


Acrylonitrile 440 ProductCTC 1696 . CMAC 1000Acetonitrile 14 By ProductDEA HCL 6 SBS 5046Cupric chloride 6 HCL 30% 1734Water 10452 NH4 875Cl 32 %HCL 30% 1990 To RecoveryDMF 4 CTC recovery 396Thionyl chloride 1617 TEA recovery 655NaOH 2405 Hexane Recovery 5745

Hexane 6296 For cut ( SOCl 2 49+ Other impurities)

IB 538 Spent SolventTEA 760 TEA loss 22NaHCO3 92 Hexane loss 549BF3 11 Residue 132

To ETPWastewater 10124Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



35. HIGH TRANS CMAC


Charge hexane and 1000 literswater.Start the agitator and gradually heat the mass up to reflux. Now under reflux condition (reflux temp. 65-67degreeC), start slowly addition of CMAC.Maintain reflux during feed and complete the feed in 4.0 to 6.0hrs. After feed of CMAC complete, Continue reflux 1-2hrs, check unreacted CMAC on GC.It should be <1.0%.Cool the mass to 50 °C, put for layer separation at this temperature,otherwise hexane layer may crystallise out. Hexane layer give the 1000 liters water wash at 50°- 55°C.Hexane layer, gradually cool under agitation to 30°C. Agitate at 30 °C for 1.0hr. Filter the obtained solid (CMA) in ANF, give hexane wash to cake and unload the wet cake. Receive wet cack of High Trans CMA and remove Hexane then add SOCl2 slowly at 50 2 and HCl gases liberated are scrubbed in 4% NaOH solution and water respectively. After reaction is completed. Remove excess thionyl chloride by vacuum and packed in the drum for dispatch.Chemical Reactions :

CMAC 25 / 75 High Trans CMA

High Trans CMA High Trans CMAC

Hexane

Water

SOCl2 + SO2 + Hcl


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


CMAC 25/75 2000 ProductWater 5300 High Trans CMAC 1000Hexane 4000 By ProductSodium Bycarbonate 10 SBS 3500Thionyl chloride 655 HCL 30% 607NaOH 390 Reuse

CMA (Mixture of Cis Trans) 920

To RecoveryHexane recovery 3825Spent WasteHexane loss 175To ETPWastewater 2330Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



36. MPB ALCOHOL:


Raney Nickel is Slurried in Isopropyl alcohol (solvent) and Metaphenoxybenzaldehyde (MPB) is added to this Slurry. Hydrogen is passed through this mixture and then the MPB

is hydrogenated to form Metaphenoxybenzaldehyde (MPBA). The Slurry is filtered and Raney Ni is separated & recycled to next batch, and the clear solution containing MPBA in

Isopropyl alcohol is distilled to recover the solvent. The pure product is collected in Drums.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H5O-C6H4-CHO + H2 C6H5O-C6H4-CH2OH

MPB IPA SOLVENT/ RANEY NICKEL MPBA

MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)MPB 990 Product

Hydrogen 12 MPB ALCOHOL 1000

Raney Nickel 49 By ProductIsopropyl Alcohol 1125 To Recovery

IPA recovery 1010Raney Nickel (Recycled) 49

Spent WasteIPA Loss 115To ETP --Air Emission --Hydrogen Excess gas venting 2



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



37. HIGH TRANS CMA:


Charge hexane and 1000 literswater.Start the agitator and gradually heat the mass up to reflux. Now under reflux condition (reflux temp. 65-67degreeC), start slowly addition of CMAC.

Maintain reflux during feed and complete the feed in 4.0 to 6.0hrs. After feed of CMAC complete, Continue reflux 1-2hrs, check unreacted CMAC on GC.It should be <1.0%.

Cool the mass to 50 °C, put for layer separation at this temperature,otherwise hexane layer may crystallise out. Hexane layer give the 1000 liters water wash at 50°- 55°C.

Hexane layer, gradually cool under agitation to 30°C. Agitate at 30 °C for 1.0hr.

Filter the obtained solid (CMA) in ANF, give hexane wash to cake and then dry in ANF.

CMAC 25 / 75 High Trans CMA

Hexane

Water


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



MASS BALANCE

INPUT OUTPUT


(kg)CMAC 25/75 2100 ProductWater 2100 High Trans CMA 1000Hexane 4200 By Product --Sodium Bycarbonate 10 Reuse

CMA (Mixture of Cis Trans) 930

To RecoveryHexane recovery 4020Spent SolventHexane loss 180To ETPWastewater 2280Air Emission --



PROJECT DESCRIPTION



2 .1 0 Source, Transportation and Storage details of products and raw materials

Storage details of products and raw materials are given in below:

Table 2-8: Storage Details of Products and Raw MaterialsStorage and Transportation details of Products

Sr. No Group Name of Product Status

Mean of Transportation

Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans

Maximum Storage

(MT)

Temp. (°C) Pressure

1 G0 Zeta-Cypermethrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1

HDPE DRUMS=1350 /

PP BAGS= 2700135 MT

AMB. ATM.

2 G0 Alpha-Cypermethrin Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

3 G0 Bifenthrin Liquid/Solid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS/ PP BAGS 0.1/0.05 AMB. ATM.

4 G0 Cypermethrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

5 G0 Lambda Cyhalothrin Liquid/Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS/HDPE

DRUMS 0.1/0.05 AMB. ATM.

6 G0 Permethrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

7 G01 Beta-Cypermethrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1

HDPE DRUMS=300 / PP BAGS= 600 30 MT

AMB. ATM.

8 G01 Beta-Cyfluthrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

9 G01 Deltamethrin Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

10 G01 Transfluthrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

11 G01 Cyfluthrin Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

12 G1 Acetamiprid Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05

PP BAGS= 300 15 MT

AMB. ATM.

13 G1 Imidacloprid Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

14 G1 Dinotefuran Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

15 G2 Lufenuron Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1

HDPE DRUMS=210 /PP BAGS= 420 21 MT

AMB. ATM.

16 G2 Novaluron Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

17 G2 Buprofezin Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

18 G2 Di Fenthiuron Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

19 G2 Ethephon Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Sr. No Group Name of Product Status


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans

Maximum Storage

(MT)


20 G2 Propargite Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

21 G3 Ethiprole Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05PP BAGS= 200 10 MT

AMB. ATM.

22 G3 Fipronil Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

23 G4 Chlorantraniliprole Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1

HDPE DRUMS=300 / PP BAGS= 600 30 MT

AMB. ATM.

24 G4 Tolfenpyrad Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

25 G4 Flonicamide Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

26 G4 Spiromesifen Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

27 G4 Thiocyclam Oxalate Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

28 G4 Flubendiamides Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

29 G5 Triclopyr Ester Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1HDPE DRUMS=500 /

PP BAGS= 1000 50 MT

AMB. ATM.

30 G5 Chlorpyrifos -Ethyl Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

31 G5 Chlorpyrifos-Methyl Liquid/ Solid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1/0.05 AMB. ATM.

32 I1 Bifenthrin Alcohol Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05

PP BAGS= 1800 90 MT

AMB. ATM.

33 I1Lambda Cyhalothric Acid (LC Acid)

Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

34 I1 Sodium Salt Of HTCP Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

35 I2 CMAC Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1HDPE DRUMS=1500

/ PP BAGS= 3000

150 MT

AMB. ATM.

36 I2 High Trans– CMAC Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

37 12 High Trans – CMA Solid Road/Sea/Air PP BAGS 0.05 AMB. ATM.

38 I2 MPBD Alcohol Liquid Road/Sea/Air HDPE DRUMS 0.1 AMB. ATM.

AMB.- Ambient ; ATM.- Atmospheric


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Source, Transportation and Storage Details of Raw Materials

Sr. No. Raw Materials Source

Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


1. 1-Isopropyl-3-T Butyl Thiourea Imported 1.56 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 31 AMB. ATM.

2. 1-Methyl Imidazole imported 0.02 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 1 AMB. ATM.

3. 2-(4-Tert Butyl PhenoxyCyclohexanol Local 1.65 Liquid Road HDPE

DRUMS 0.1 17 AMB. ATM.

4. 2, Butoxy Ethanol Local 2.5 Liquid Road MS TANK 10 1 AMB. ATM.

5. 2,3,5,6 Tetra FluoroBenzly Alcohol Local 1.65 Liquid Road MS TANK 10 1 AMB. ATM.

6. 2,5 Dichloro-4 1,1,2,3,3,3 haxafluro-proxy) Anilne Local 1.75 Liquid Road HDPE


7. 2,6- DIFLUORO BENZOYL ISOCYANATE Local 0.75 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 15 AMB. ATM.

8. 2,6 Difluorobenzamide Local 0.96 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 19 AMB. ATM.

9. 2-amino-5-chloro-N, 3-mdimethylebenzamide Local 1.47 Liquid Road HDPE


10.2-Chloro-5-chloromethylpyridine (CCMP)

Imported 1.65 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 33 AMB. ATM.

11. 3- AMINOMETHYL) TETRAHYDROFURAN Local 0.89 Liquid Road HDPE


12.

3 CHLORO-4-(1,1,2-TRIFLUORO-2-(TRIFLUORO METHOXY) ETHOXY) ANILINE

Local 1.85 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 37 AMB. ATM.

13.

3-bromo-1-(3-chloropyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride

Local 2.35 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 24 AMB. ATM.

14. 4-DMAP (Catalyst) Local 0.09 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 2 AMB. ATM.

15. 4-trifluoromethyl nicotinic Acid Local 3.4 liquid Road HDPE


16. Acetic Acid Local 0.12 Liquid Road Tank 10 1 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


17. Acetonitrile Local 2.53 Liquid Road Tank 10 1 AMB. ATM.

18. Acrylonitrile Local 9.41 Liquid Road Tank 0.05 188 AMB. ATM.

19. Activated Carbon Local 0.06 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 1 AMB. ATM.

20. Aliquote Local 0.14 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

21. Amino Acetonitrile Hydrochloride Local 1.8 Liquid Road HDPE


22. Ammonium Carbonate Local 5.6 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 112 AMB. ATM.

23. Bensultap Local 6.67 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 133 AMB. ATM.

24. Benzene Local 0.04 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

25. BF3 Local(Boron trifluoride) 0.13 Gas Road Cylinder/ Tonner 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

26. Bifenthrin Alcohol Local 7.61 liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 76 AMB. ATM.

27. Boric Acid Local 0.23 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 5 AMB. ATM.

28. Bromo Benzene Local 5.87 liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 59 AMB. ATM.

29. Carbon Tetrachloride Local 19.79 liquid Road Tank 10 2 AMB. ATM.

30. Catalysts Local 1.52 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 30 AMB. ATM.

Chloro Acetic Acid Local 2.3 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 46 AMB. ATM.

31. Chloro benzene Local 0.05 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 1 AMB. ATM.

32. CMA Local 1.07 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 21 AMB. ATM.

33. Cypermethric Acid Chloride (CMAC) Local 11.11 Liquid Road HDPE


34. CMAC 25/75 Local 24.5 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 250 AMB. ATM.

35. Crude Cyfluthrin Local 4.13 liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 41 AMB. ATM.

36. Cupric chloride Local 0.07 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 1 AMB. ATM.

37. Cypermethrin Local 27.13 Liquid Road HDPE 0.1 271 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


DRUMS

38. DCA ( Dichloroacetic acid) Local 1.83 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 37 AMB. ATM.

39. DETCL (Diethyl Thiophosphoryl Chloride) Local 2.82 Liquid Road HDPE


40.Di Ethanol amine Hydrochloric Acid (DEA HCL)

Local 0.07 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

41. Di methyl phenyl dithiocarbamate (DMPTC) Imported 2.95 Liquid Road HDPE


42. Dichloro methane Local 10 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 100 AMB. ATM.

43. Dichloroethane Local 12.24 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 122 AMB. ATM.

44. Dicloro Toluene Local 6.33 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 63 AMB. ATM.

45. Dimethyl formamide Imported 2.87 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 29 AMB. ATM.

46. DIPA ( Catalyst) Local 0.9 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 10 AMB. ATM.

47.

DIPPT -((2,6-Diisopropyl-4-Phenoxy) Phenyl thiourea 4- phenoxy-2# 6-diisoproyl phenyl thiourea 4-Phenoxy-2,6-Diisopropyl Phenyl Thiourea)


48. DMF (N,N-Dimethyl formamide) Imported 18.4 Liquid Road HDPE


49. EDC Local 26.81 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 268 AMB. ATM.

50. Epoxyethane Local 1.93 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 19 AMB. ATM.

51. Ester Local 1.67 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 17 AMB. ATM.

52. Ethyl Bromide Local 0.11 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


53. FipronilPyrazole Local 0.71 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 14 AMB. ATM.

54. FlourinatedMetaphenoxyBenzaldehyde (4-FMPB) Imported 1.68 Liquid Road HDPE


55. Formic Acid Local 0.09 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

56. HCL Local 35.51 Liquid Road HDPE Tank 20 2 AMB. ATM.

57. Hexane Local 10.02 Liquid Road Tank 10 1 AMB. ATM.

58. Hydrogen Local 0.14 Gas Road Cylinder bank 50ltr 3 AMB. ATM.

59. Hydrogen Peroxide Local 0.08 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

60. IB Local 6.28 Liquid Road STORAGE TANK 10 1 AMB. 3-4 kg/cm2

61. IMMTPMPFPPP Local 3.33 Solid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 67 AMB. ATM.

62. Inermediate-1 Local 1.84 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 18 AMB. ATM.

63. Intermediate-2 Local 1.88 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 19 AMB. ATM.

64. Isopropyl Alcohol Local 23.73 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 237 AMB. ATM.

65. K2CO3 -Potassium Carbonate Local 1.57 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 31 AMB. ATM.

66. KOH-Potassium Hydroxide Local 3.92 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 78 AMB. ATM.

67. L. C. Acid Local 11.07 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 221 AMB. ATM.

68. Liquor Ammonia Local 0.18 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 2 AMB. ATM.

69.M, N, O (2,3 DIMETHYLAL-NITROSOUREA


70. Magnesium Turning Local 1.81 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 36 AMB. ATM.

71. MCB Local 0.05 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

72. m-CPBA (3- Local 1.83 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 37 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


Chloroperbenzoic Acid)

73. Meta Phenoxy Benzyl Alcohol (MPBOH) Local 19.33 Liquid Road HDPE


74. meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid(CPBA) Local 1.67 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 33 AMB. ATM.

75. Methane Sulfonic Acid Local 0.09 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 1 AMB. ATM.

76. Methanol Local 0.87 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 9 AMB. ATM.

77. Methylene Dichloride Local 0.63 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 6 AMB. ATM.

78. Methyl 3,3-Dimethyl-4-pentenoate Imported 5.57 Liquid Road HDPE


79. MMA ( Methyl methacrylate) Imported 0.33 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 7 AMB. ATM.

80. MPB (META PHENOXY BENZALDEHYDE) Local 7.28 Liquid Road HDPE


81. N Chloromethyl-N-Phenyl Carbamoyl Chloride Local 2.04 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 41 AMB. ATM.

82. NaHTCP Local 9.22 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 184 AMB. ATM.

83. NaOH (Sodium hydroxide)/Caustic Local 46.95 Liquid

/Solid RoadPP BAGS/

HDPE DRUMS

0.05/0.1 940/470 AMB. ATM.

84. Nitrobenzene Local 1.29 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 13 AMB. ATM.

85.N-Nitro Iminoidmmidazolidine(N-NII)


86. Oxalic acid Local 1.39 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 14 AMB. ATM.

87. Oxalyl Chloride Local 0.86 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 9 AMB. ATM.

88. Phosphorus tetrachloride Local 2 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 20 AMB. ATM.

89. Potassium Borohydride Local 1.07 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 21 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


90. Propargyl Alcohol Local 0.37 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 4 AMB. ATM.

91. PTC (Phenylthiocarbamide) Local 0.09 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 2 AMB. ATM.

92. Pyrazole Local 0.72 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 14 AMB. ATM.

93. R-113A Imported 9.41 Liquid Road Drum 250 Ltr 40 AMB. ATM.

94. Raney Nickel Local 0.57 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 11 AMB. ATM.

95. R-Trans Cypermethic Acid Chloride Local 2.08 Liquid Road HDPE


96. Soda Ash Local 2.21 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 44 AMB. ATM.

97. Sodium Bicarbonate Local 5.47 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 109 AMB. ATM.

98. Sodium Bisulphite Local 0.84 Liquid /Solid Road

PP BAGS/ HDPE

DRUMS0.05/0.1 17/10 AMB. ATM.

99. Sodium Carbonate Local 0.4 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 8 AMB. ATM.

100. Sodium Chloride Local 2.43 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 49 AMB. ATM.

101. Sodium Cyanide Local 2.89 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 58 AMB. ATM.

102. Sodium Hypo Chlorite Local 25.12 Liquid Road Tank 10 2 AMB. ATM.

103. Sodium Sulfide Local 1.22 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 24 AMB. ATM.

104. Sodium t-Butoxide Local 3.69 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 74 AMB. ATM.

105. Sulfur monochloride Local 0.15 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 3 AMB. ATM.

106. Sulphuric Acid Local 24.23 Liquid Road Tank 10 2 AMB. ATM.

107. T-Butanol Local 94.51 Liquid Road Tank 10 5 AMB. ATM.

108. TEBA ( Catalyst) Local 0.18 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 2 AMB. ATM.

109. Ter-butyl Amine Local 0.52 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 5 AMB. ATM.

110. Tetra Butyl Ammonium Bromide Local 0.01 Solid Road PP BAGS 0.05 1 AMB. ATM.

111. Tetrabutyl ammonium Local 1.46 Liquid Road HDPE 0.1 15 AMB. ATM.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION




Consumption, MT/Day

Physical state


Mean of Storage

Capacity ofStorage

Means, MT

No. ofStoragemeans


chloride (TBAC) DRUMS

112. Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Imported 1.31 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 11 AMB. ATM.

113. Thionyl chloride Local 29.15 Liquid Road MS Lead 10 3 AMB. ATM.

114. TMA HCl Imported 0.21 Liquid Road MS Lead 10 1 AMB. ATM.

115. Toluene Local 7.85 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 79 AMB. ATM.

116. Trichloroacetylchloride Local 12.43 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 124 AMB. ATM.

117. Triethanolamine (TEA) Local 7.754 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 780 AMB. ATM.

118. Triethyl Amine Local 12.69 Liquid Road Tank 10 2 AMB. ATM.

119. TrifluoromethaneSulphinyl Chloride (TFMSC) Imported 0.33 Liquid Road HDPE


120. Xylene Local 0.25 Liquid Road HDPE DRUMS 0.1 3 AMB. ATM.

AMB.- Ambient ; ATM.- Atmospheric


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 .1 1 Details of Solvent Use and Its Recovery

The unit will provide solvent recovery system/ distillation for the recovery of solvent. The raw material/solvent will be recovered and reused back in manufacturing process or sold to an authorized recycler. The solvent will be recovered through distillation process. The distillation is a process where because of difference in boiling point solvent will be recovered. Details of solvent recovery system/VOCs control system is depicted in .

Table 2-9: Details of Solvent Use and Its Recovery

Sr. No. Name ofProduct

Name of Raw Materials/ Solvent

Raw Materials / Solvent to be Used

Raw Materials/Solvent to be Recovered

(MT/Month) (MT/Month) (%)

1. Zeta Cyper Heptane 1189.80 1101.60 92.59

2. Alphamethrin Hexane 564.75 497.25 88.05

3. Bifenthrin Hexane 1142.10 1092.60 95.67

4. Cypermetrine Hexane 490.50 470.25 95.87

5. Lambda CyhalothrinHexane 1824.75 1732.50 94.94

IPA 360.00 321.75 89.38

6. Beta cypermethrin IPA 117.00 98.00 83.76

7. Beta Cyfluthrin IPA 300.00 289.00 96.33

8. Deltamethrin Benzene 60.00 58.80 98.00

9. Transfluthrin Hexane 198.00 193.00 97.47

10. Cyfluthrine Toluene 223.40 217.50 97.36

11. Acetamiprid Methanol 70.00 68.60 98.00

12. Imidacloprid Acetonitrile 68.50 67.15 98.03

13. Lufenuron Toluene 109.41 107.17 97.95

14. NovaluronMCB 38.22 37.03 96.89

Toluene 63.00 61.60 97.78

15. BuprofezinMCB 168.00 166.60 99.17

Methanol 98.00 91.00 92.86

16. DiafenthiuronXylene 126.14 118.58 94.01

Acetonitrile 70.00 65.10 93.00

17. Ethaphon EDC 77.35 75.25 97.29

18. Propargite Toluene 70.00 66.50 95.00

19. Ethiprole

Chlorobenzene 65.00 63.63 97.88

Methanol 207.50 200.10 96.43

EDC 85.00 83.30 98.00

20. Fipronil Toluene 95.00 90.00 94.74

21. Chlorantraniliprole Toluene 315.00 299.20 94.98

22. Toifenpyrod Toluene 31.40 30.70 97.77

23. FlonicamideToluene 306.00 292.00 95.42

Tetra hydrofuran 285.50 280.00 98.07


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Sr. No. Name ofProduct

Name of Raw Materials/ Solvent

Raw Materials / Solvent to be Used

Raw Materials/Solvent to be Recovered

(MT/Month) (MT/Month) (%)

Dichloroethan 367.30 326.50 88.89

24. SpiromesifenDMF 194.70 193 99.12

Toluene 148.00 146.50 98.99

25. Thiocyclam OxalateMethanol 200.00 190.00 95.00

Toluene 200.00 190.00 95.00

26. Flubendiamide Dichloromethane 300.00 295.00 98.33

27. Trichlopyr Ester Hexane 217.80 207.00 95.04

28. Chlorpyrifos EthylNitrobenzene 526.50 511.50 97.15

Ethylene Dichloride 802.50 775.50 96.64

29. Chlorpyrifos Methyl Methylene Dichloride 397.50 378.75 95.28

30. Bifenthrin AlcoholTHF 1200.00 1166.00 97.17

Toluene 500.00 487.00 97.40

31. Sodium Salt of HTCP Nitrobenzene 928.60 904.80 97.44

32. CMACHexane 2203.60 2010.75 91.25

TEA 266.00 229.25 86.18

33. High Trans CMAC Hexane 1400.00 1338.75 95.63

34. High Trans CMA Hexane 1470.00 1407.00 95.71

35. MPB Alcohol IPA 393.75 353.50 89.78

Figure 2-8: Solvent Recovery/ VOCs Control System


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM (SRS)

Solvent recovery/distillation system to be adopted during processing consisting:

Reactor attached to primary condenser having chilled water circulation of 5°C followed by secondary condenser having chilled brine circulation of -25°C followed by scrubber.The condensers shall be provided with sufficient HTA and residence time. This will ensure that to get max. >95% recovery of solvent and if at all any vapors escapes it will be scrubbed in scrubber.Over and above, company shall install dedicated solvent recovery system (SRS) within premises, distillation of all the solvent based mother liquor shall be done through solvent recovery system.Recovered (distilled) solvents generated from the processing will be reused back in manufacturing process / sold to an authorized recycler and residue from SRS to be sent for coprocessing or incineration.Entire plant shall be flameproof. The solvent storage tanks shall be provided with breather valve to prevent losses.Implemented leak detection system and repair of pump/pipeline based on preventive maintenance with Integration with SAP.

2 .1 2 Water Consumption, wastewater Generation and Treatment Facilities

2.12.1 Source of water supply

Water is being supplied by GIDC water supply authority, Ankleshwar and will be continued after this proposed expansion. Letter from GIDC for total water requirement after proposed expansion is provided as .

2.12.2 Dtails of water consumption and wastewater generation

Total water requirement after proposed expansion would be 1200 KLD out of which 900 KLD would be sourced fresh water from GIDC water supply system and 300 KLD would be recycled water.

The treated effluent from ETP will be disposed in to GIDC underground drainage system and conveyed to FETP (NCTL) which ultimately leads to deep sea for final disposal through pipe line. Permission from NCTL for discharge of existing treated effluent @ 220 KLD is provided as Request letter for booking additional quantity of treated effluent is shown in

Aqua based Mother Liquor

Mother Liquor from Process

Solvent Rich Mother Liquor

MEE

Condensate to ETP

Concentrate to ATFD

Solid Disposal to Landfill site

Solvent Recovery System

Residue Disposes to Co-processing/

Inceneration

Distillate to be reuse or sale to

recycler


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the existing and proposed are presented inand 11respectively. Total water balance diagram is given in .

Table 2-10: Water Consumption Details

Sr.No. Description

Water Consumption (KL/day)

Existing Proposed

Total after Proposed Expansion

1st day(Fresh water/GIDC water)

Recycle water 2nd day

A Domestic 20 10 30 -- 30

B Gardening 16 04 20 -- 20

C Industrial

1. Process 103 231 334 -- 334

2. Boiler 75 325 400 -- 400

3. Cooling 87 213 300 285 15

4. Washing 64 52 116 15 101

Total (C) 345 805 1150 300 850

Total (A+B+C) 365 835 1200 300 900

Table 2-11: Wastewater Generation Details

Sr.No. Description

Wastewater Generation (KL/day)

Existing ProposedTotal after Proposed Expansion

Remarks

A Domestic 20 10$ 30 Will be treated in effluent treatment plant

B Industrial

1.Process(High COD/TDS) 106 303

125 Will be treated in MEE followed by ATFD

Low COD/TDS 284 Will be treated in effluent treatment plant2. Washing 64 52 116

3. Boiler blow down 10 150 160Will be treated in RO Plant

4. Cooling purge 18 67 85

Total (B) 198 572 770 --

Total (A+B) 218 582 800* --

Net treated water quantity discharge to GIDC

underground drainage198 292

(272 + 20$)

490(800*-300#-

10@)

*Total wastewater generation

# Recycle water

@MEE Reject will be treated in ATFD

$ Will be treated in ETP after proposed expansion. Earlier the domestic wastewater was being treated in soak pit/septic tank.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Figure 2-9: Total Water Balance Diagram (after proposed expansion)

60

RO245

185 100 15

MEECondensate

115

MEE Reject

RO Reject

RO Permeate185

30

Boiler (make-up)

400

Washing116

(16+100)

To Effluent Treatment Plant[284+60+116+30] = 490

GIDC Underground drainage leads to the NCTL Common Effluent Treatment Plant

490

Cooling (make-up)

300(100+15+185)

Process334

Total Fresh Water Consumption 1200 kl/day – 1st Day Requirement900 kl/day – 2nd Day Requirement

Gardening20

Domestic30

Boiler (blow down)

160

From Washing

116

Cooling (purge)

85

From Process409

MEE125

ATFD(Drying of Salt)

10 kl/day

High COD/TDS125

Low COD/TDS284

115 185

Note: All units are in KL/day

Raw waterEffluentRecycled water


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 .1 3 Wastewater treatment Scheme

2.13.1 Wastewater Characteristics

The quality of wastewater generated from the manufacturing process and other utility areas are described below.

Table 2-12: Wastewater Characteristics for Various Stage/Steps (Operation Phase)

Sr. No.

Details for various steps viz. manufacturing

process /other

Wastewater Characteristics

Flow ratekL/d

Expected parameter’s concentration

pH SS(mg/l)

BOD (mg/l) COD (mg/l) TDS

(mg/l)

1.

Process Water

High COD Process Water 2.0-12 1000 9000 50000 185000

Low COD Process Water 4.5-9.0 500 1500 6000 200002. Cooling 8.0-10.0 300 430 1500 180003. Boiler 8.0 200 250 1000 100004. Misc. Washing 4.0-10.0 300 800 5000 80005. ETP Inlet 4.0-9.0 500 1600 6000 180006. ETP Outlet --- 7.5 80 130 450 18000

GIDC Permissible Limit* 6.5-8.5 <100 <100 <250 N.A

2.13.2 Effluent Management System

Industrial wastewater:

The total industrial effluent generation from various sources after the proposed expansion would be 770 Kl/day which includes wastewater generation from process (i.e. 409 Kl/day), utility blow downs (i.e. 245 Kl/day) and washing (i.e. 116 Kl/day).

The effluent generation would be from various stream i.e., High COD: Process Low COD: Process, Utilities & Washing

The high COD/TDS wastewater generated will be collected in a designated tank and neutralized. It will than be treated in Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE) followed by Agitated Thin Flash Dryer (ATFD), while low COD/TDS effluent generated will be treated in an existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) capacity- 300 m3/day and a proposed ETP capacity i.e. 600 m3/day, consisting of primary, secondary and tertiary treatment units. The condensate from MEE (i.e. 115 kL/d) will be reused for cooling and washing activities.

Boiler blow down and cooling purge will be treated in RO plant. RO permeate (i.e. 185 kL/d) will be reused in cooling tower and RO reject will be treated in existing as well as proposed ETP consisting of primary, secondary and tertiary treatment along with dilute stream coming from process, washing and domestic.

The Treated effluent from ETP will be collected in final collection tank and disposed in to GIDC underground drainage system and conveyed to FETP (NCT) which ultimately leads to deep sea for final disposal through pipe line.

Block diagram and equipment details of proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) are given in and respectively.

Domestic wastewater:

The existing and proposed quantity of generated domestic wastewater will be treated in existing as well as proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) along with industrial effluent.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-10: Block Diagram of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Recycle Sludge

Recycle Sludge

Leachate

Sludge

High COD/TDS

Industrial EffluentFrom Plant

Equalization Tank

Multi Effect Evaporator

ATFD(Drying of Salt)

Salt to TSDF site

Low COD/TDS

Reuse inCooling & Washing

Primary Treatment

Sludge Drying Bed

ETP Sludge to TSDF site

Aeration Tank-I

Calrifier -I

Aeration Tank-II

Calrifier -II

Holding Sump

PressureSand Filter

Activated Carbon Filter

Final tank GIDC Underground drainage leads to the NCTL CETP

Emergency Storage tank


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-13: Equipment Details of proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Sr. No. Name of Unit Dimension

(Size), mNo. ofUnit

Total Capacity in m3

Dilute Stream

1. Equalization Tank 8.0 X 8.0 X 4.7 2 600

2. Flash Mixer 2.0 X 2.0 X 2.5 2 20

3. Flocculator 2.0 X 2.0 X 2.0 2 16

4. Lime Dosing Tank 2.0 X 2.0 X 2.0 1 8

5. Alum Dosing Tank 2.0 X 2.0 X 2.0 1 8

6. Poly Floc Dosing Tank HDPE Tank 1 1

7. Primary Clarifier 10.0 dia. X 3.0 1 235

8. Primary Sludge Thickener 6.50 dia. X 3.00 1 100

9. Aeration Tank – IA 19.0 X 9.5 X 6.0 1 1100

10. Secondary Settling (Clarifier– IA) 6.50 dia. X 3.00 1 100

11. Aeration Tank – IB 15.0 x 7.80 x 4.0 1 468

12. Secondary Settling–(Clarifier– IB) 6.50 dia. x 3.00 1 100

13. Aeration Tank – 2A 15.0 X13.5X4.0 1 800

14. Secondary Settling (Clarifier– 2A) 7.50 dia. x 3.00 1 130

15. Aeration Tank – 2B 13.5 X 8.0 X4.0 1 430

16. Secondary Settling–(Clarifier– 2B) 7.50 dia. x 3.00 1 130

17. Holding Sump 8 x 8 x 8 2 1024

18. Pressure Sand Filter 1.5 dia. x 1.8 1 14 m³/hr

19. Activated Carbon Filter 1.5 dia. x 1.8 1 8.5 m³/Hr

20. Sludge Drying Beds 3.0 x 3.0 x 1.0 8 72 m²

21. Filter Press 36” x 36” 2 10 KL

22. Decanter/Belt press -- -- --

Concentrated Stream

1. Collection cum Equitant for Concentrated stream 20 KL 4 80

2. Quadruple Multi Effect Evaporator Plant 200 KL/day 2 400 KL/day

3. Agitated Thin Film Dryer 500 kg/hr 2 1000 kg/hr

4. Agitated Thin Film Dryer 750 kg/hr 2 2250 kg/hr

5. Condensate Collection/ Holding Tank 20 KL 2 40 KL


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.13.3 Process Description of the Proposed ETP Units:

The combined effluent from process will be taken to Equalization Tank. The prime purpose of this tank is for collection and storage of effluents generated and to have proper equalization of effluents in order to have constant load onto the further treatment units. The equalized effluent will be further transferred to the flash mixer.

Equalization Tank:

After equalization, effluent is pumped to neutralization tank. Lime, alum and poly dosing will be carried out in this tank. The neutralized effluent then transferred to primary clarifier.

Neutralization Tank:

The precipitated effluent will be further transferred to primary clarifier for settlement and removal of chemical sludge. Settled sludge will be taken to sludge collection sump under gravity. Clear effluent will be then overflow to the 1

Primary Clarifier Tank:

st

1

stage aeration tank for biological treatment.

st

Aeration Tank-1 will be provided for biological treatment of combined effluent. Overflow from primary clarifier will go to Aeration Tank-1. Diffuser with blower will be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow from 1

Stage Aeration Tank-1:

st stage aeration tank will be taken to the secondary clarifier under gravity for sludge settlement to maintain MLSS level in aeration tank.

The treated effluent from 1Secondary Clarifier:

st stage aeration tank will be taken to secondary clarifier-1 under gravity. Clear effluent will overflow to 2nd stage aeration tank for further treatment. The settled sludge will be collected into sludge collection sump and leachate will be re circulated to 1st

2

stage aeration tank.

nd

2Stage Aeration Tank-II:

nd stage Aeration Tank will be provided for further biological treatment. Diffuser with blower will be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow from 2nd stage aeration tank will be taken to the final clarifier under gravity for sludge settlement to maintain MLSS level in aeration tank.

The treated effluent from 2Final Clarifier:

nd stage aeration tank will be taken to final clarifier under gravity. The biological sludge will settle here. Clear effluent will be pumped to pressure sand filter. The settled sludge will be collected into sludge collection sump and leachate will be re circulated into 2nd stage aeration tank.

Intermediate collection tank will be provided for collection of supernatant from final settling tank. NaOCl dosing will be carried out in this tank for disinfection. The effluent from the intermediate collection tank will be passed through Pressure Sand Filter & Activated Carbon Filter for polishing of biologically treated effluent.

Intermediate Collection Tank (Holding Sump):

Pressure Sand Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual suspended solids. The filter consists of different gradations of gravel & sand bed. The filter will be provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank/Primary Settling Tank for re treatment.

Pressure Sand Filter:

Activated Carbon Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary for removal of residual organics, odor and colour. The filter consists of gradations of gravel & sand sub bed and over which is provided activated carbon of high iodine value. The filter will be provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank/Primary Settling Tank for re treatment.

Activated Carbon Filter:


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


The outlet of ACF will be taken to the guard pond. From this, the treated wastewater will be discharged into GIDC Underground drainage lead to the NCTL common effluent treatment plant which ultimately lead to the deep sea.

Guard Pond:

22..1133..44 Technical Details of MEE and ATFD

MEE::

S. N. Particulars Value Unit

1. Evaporation Capacity 10267 kg/hr

2. Product Rate 2933 kg/hr

3. Feed Capacity 13200 kg/hr

4. Steam Consumption 2445 kg/hr

5. Source of Steam: Lignite Boiler -- --

6. Steam Pressure 7 kg/cm2

7. Total Power Consumption 158 KW

ATFD::

S. N. Particulars Value Unit1. Feed Rate 2933 kg/hr

2. Evaporation Rate 1466 kg/hr

3. Product Rate 1466 kg/hr

4. Steam Consumption 1832 kg/hr

5. Steam Pressure 7 kg/cm2

6. Total Power Consumption 100 KW

2.13.5 Water Conservation Measures

The condensate from MEE (i.e. 115 kL/d) will be reused for cooling and washing activities.Boiler blow down and cooling purge will be treated in RO plant. RO permeate (i.e. 185 kL/d) will be reused in cooling tower.

2 .1 4 Power, Fuel Consumption and Expected Emissions

Table 2-14: Details of source and power requirement

Description Source Total power requirement after proposed expansion

Power requirement Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL) 31,000 KVA


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-15: Details of fuel, air emissions and APCM

Flue Gas Emission Stacks:

Sr. No.

Stack attached to

Stack Height from

Ground Level (m)

Stack dia. At top,

meter(m)

Type of Fuel&

Quantity

Air Pollution Control Unit/

MeasuresPollutant

Permissible Limit

Existing

1Boiler

(10 TPH)40 1.2

Coal (1000 MT/Month)

E.S.P. +Water Scrubber

SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

2Boiler

(10 TPH)30 0.75

Natural Gas(16000 Nm3 Adequate Stack

Height isprovided

/day) SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm3

Boiler(6 TPH, Stand-by)

Natural Gas(7000 Nm3/day)

Proposed

4Boiler

(16 TPH)40 1.2



SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

5Boiler

(10 TPH)40 1.2



SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

6TFH

(4 lakh Kcal/Hr)30 0.75

Natural Gas(1500 Nm3

Adequate StackHeight will be

provided

/day)

SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

7TFH

(4 Lakh Kcal/Hr)30 0.75

Natural Gas(3000 Litre/day)

SPMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

8D.G. Set

20#

(1500 kVA)0.5

HSD(1500 Litre/Day)

PMSO2

NO

150 mg/Nm

X

3

100 ppm50 ppm

For emergency power back –up only.Stacks of adequate height as per Environment Protection Rules will be provided.

Process Gaseous Emission Stack / Vents:

Sr.No.

Vent attached to

Stack height

from G.L., meter (m)

Stack dia. at top,

meter (m)

Expected Pollutant&

Permissible limitAPCM

Existing

1 Reactor Reaction Vessels 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm2 Stage water scrubber & Alkali Scrubber

3

2 Reactor Reaction Vessels 18 0.1SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3

HCl – 20 mg/Nm

2 Stage water scrubber & Caustic Scrubber

3

Proposed

1 Reactor of Bifenthrin 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/NmAlkali Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

3


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 Reactor of Permethrin 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/NmAlkali Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

3

3Reactor of Lambda Cyhalothrin

18 0.1HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2


– 40 mg/Nm3

4 Reactor of Fipronil 18 0.1HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2


– 40 mg/Nm3

5Reactor of Chlorpyrifos Ethyl and Transfluthrin

18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm Water Scrubber3

6 Reactor of Difenthuron 18 0.1 NH3 – 30 mg/Nm3Acidic Scrubber followed by Water Scrubber

7 Reactor of Lufenuron 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm Water Scrubber3

8 Reactor of Propargite 18 0.1 HCl – 20 mg/Nm Water Scrubber3

9 Reactor of Flonicamide 18 0.1HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2


– 40 mg/Nm3

10Reactor of Sodium Salt of HTCP


11 Reactor of CMAC 18 0.1HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

SO2


– 40 mg/Nm3

12Reactor of High Trans CMAC


13 Reactor of Ethiprole 18 0.1HCl – 20 mg/Nm3

HBr – 5 mg/NmCaustic Scrubber3

2.14.1 Fugitive Emissions

Specific instances of fugitive dust generation include dust blow down by wind from the stockpiles of various solid materials viz. Coal and lime, dust caused by vehicular traffic within the factory, dust leakage from conveyors, conveyor transfer points, silos, storage hoppers etc. The adequate control measures have been proposed by the unit, which are summarized under;

Table 2-16: Details of fugitive emissions

Source of fugitive emissions

Type of probable fugitive emissions

Proactive control measures to reduce the same

Coal Handling SPMCoal will be covered with HDPE sheetsSprinkling of waterHoods and water mist system

Ash Handling SPMDust collection systemContinuous Sprinkling of water

Material Unloading SPMWater is being sprayed to suppress the particle and control the fugitive emission.

Storage Yard SPM

Air born dust is generated in minor quantity from the material storage yard due to wind, through the storage yard is properly covered. Unit has adopted water sprinkling method in storage yard to suppress dust generation. The unit has also


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Source of fugitive emissions

Type of probable fugitive emissions

Proactive control measures to reduce the same

developed plantation around the storage yard to control the fugitive emission.Continuous Sprinkling of water

Vehicular traffic within the factory

SPM, NOx, CO, SO2,

HC

Only PUC certified vehicle is being be allowed to use. Water is being sprayed to suppress the particle and control the fugitive emission.

From equipments leak valves, pump seals, flanges, compressors, sampling connections, open ended lines,

Different type of fumes/ gases / hot vapors

Plugs, caps and blinds for open ended lines. Rupture discs and soft seals for pressure valves.Dual mechanical seals with Non-VOC barrier fluid/ degassing vent system. Closed loop sampling system Enclosure of seal area double condenser system will be provided. The vents of the secondary condenser connected with the scrubber. ETP with tertiary treatmentCovering of all open surfaces wherever possible. Mechanical / turbo ventilation system in process area

Losses via evaporation from sources such as open surfaces, wastewater treatment plant, surface impoundments, retention pond,

CO2 and different gases

Release from building ventilation system

CO2, particulate matters / dust

Air handling unit equipped with fine filters.Water sprinkling Other related measures will be taken as per EPA guidelines for VOC fugitive emissions for chemicals industry.

Any other nonpoint emission.

Particulate matters To reduce fugitive emissions from the plants, proper Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) Program will befollowed.

2.14.2 Details of VOC and its control measures

All venting equipments will be attached with vapor recovery system. All the pumps and other equipments where there is a liklyhood of HC leakage will be provided with Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) system and LEL indicators.Provision for immediate isolation of such equipment, in case of a leakage will be made. All the mechanical seals of pumps and reactor will be monitored and maintain periodically as per preventive maintenance schedule.MOL, Ankleshwar is having a well defined Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme for quantification and control of fugitive emission in existing plant. For the proposed new plants also, LDAR and LEL Detector will be placed at various places in plant.Monitoring of VOC's through portable VOC's meter is being carried out and the practice will be continued in future also. A detail on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and occupational safety and health protection measures is described below:

LDAR Program:

Pesticides are manufactured in multi-stages in batch mode. In the manufactureof technical grade pesticides, various types of solvents are being utilized by the industries. Some of the solvents used are low boiling solvents and when such solvents are used, emission of Volatile Organic Compounds can be high. In addition to this, from the manufacture of intermediate products or technical grade pesticides, emission of raw materials or by-products.The pesticide industries are using pipelines, pumps, valves and other fittings in the transfer of solvents / raw materials from storage to the reactors and other ancillary facilities.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Unit shall be carrying out LDAR program for the sources of leakages. Steps such as monitoring of solvent losses, preventive maintenance measures, and immediate corrective actions will be followed by the unit.

Identification of sources:

Valves, pipes, joints, pump seals, flanges etc.

Monitoring of Solvent Losses:

The storage and consumption of the solvent in product should be measured through Level Transmitters and Load Cells weighing system respectively. The quantity at each stage shall be reconciled periodically to arrive at Losses.Batch outputs shall be monitored and reconciled with quantity of input raw materials added. Any variation beyond 5% shall be analyzed in detail and action plan shall be prepared to reduce the variation.Workplace VOC monitoring shall be carried out at the shop floor.Periodic Leakage Audit at Plant shall be done.

Preventive Maintenance Measures:

In order to prevent leakage from Pump, Seals, Valves etc, preventive maintenance shall be carried out periodically as per plan scheduled. In case of any recurring problem, action plan shall be prepared or frequency shall be revised.

S. N. Component Preventive Maintenance Schedule

1 Valves/flanges Quarterly

2 Compressor seals Quarterly

3 Pressure relief devices Yearly

4 Pump seals with visible liquid dripping Daily

5 Any component with visible leaks Weekly

6 Any component after repair/ replacement Weekly

7 Pipeline Thickness Testing Yearly

Repair Program:

When monitoring results indicate VOC above permissiblelimits, repairing should be done immediately. The repairs should beconducted in such a way that there is no fugitive emission from theparticular component.

2.14.3 Online Monitoring System

Online continous monitoring system has been installed to measure emission quality and effluent quality/quantity. Same facility for online monitoring will be provided for the proposed flue gas stacks and ETP.

Table 2-17: Details of Online Monitoring System

Sr.No

Parameter Monitored

Device Make

Device Model

No.

Device Sr. No.

Device Range

Device Vendor

Service Provider

Date of Installation

A Online Continuous Stack Emission Monitoring System (CSEMS)

1 SPM Vasthi VDMS 1000

VDMS-20160199

0 to 1000 mg/nm

Vasthi Instrument3

Vasthi Instrument 28-04-2017

2 Sox Vasthi OMGA 3000 20160198 404

mg/nmVasthi

Instrument3Vasthi

Instrument 29-04-2017

3 Nox Vasthi OMGA 3001 20160198 450

mg/nmVasthi

Instrument3Vasthi

Instrument 30-04-2017


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


B Online Continuous Effluent Monitoring Systems (OCEMS)

1 TOC Shimadzu TOC 4110 H66105030089CS

0 to 1000 ppm Shimadzu Unitech 15-05-2017

2 PH Honey well UDA2182 15N15C400

0000913983 0 to 14 PH Honey well Unitech 2015-2016

3 Flow Krohne Marshal IFS 4000 134045697 0 TO 20

M3/HRKrohne Marshal Unitech ARIL 2008

4 TSS Potence IG 1500 15A1886 0 TO 200 PPM Potence Unitech 13-09-2017

2 .1 5 Action Plan for Odour Control

Odorous substances that are emitted from industrial sources include both inorganic and organic gases and particulate. Many odorous compounds result from biological activity or are present in emissions from chemical processes. Some of the odorous compounds emitted from industrial sources and their volatility & detection thresholds. Odor sources due to proposed project are presented in .

Table 2-18: Details of Probable Odor Sources and Mitigation Measures

Probable Odor Source Mitigation Measures

Area sources might be unconfined like wastewater treatment plant, solid/ hazardous waste and material storage etc.

Ensuring that the operation will be carried out under the best management practices.Nozzles/ sprayers /atomizers will be used so that it sprays ultra-fine particles of water or chemicals will be used along the boundary lines of area sources to suppress odors.Raw effluent collecting treatment disposal and solid waste collection and storage and disposal will be done by using appropriate and suitable equipment to avoid smell to escape in ambient.

Point sources are confined emissions from vents, stack and exhausts (if any).

Wet scrubbing system will be provided to remove odor from any emission point from vents.Condenser system will be provided.Green belts are used to form a surface capable of absorbing and forming sinks for odorous gases. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, absorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce their concentrations in the ambient air and source emissions (please refer greenbelt development plan details).Auto sprinkler to storage yards as per the compatibility of chemicals will be provided so that in case of leakage odour of chemicals trapped in confined area.All the equipments mainly are connected to scrubber having scrubber media as per emission from process and sstorages will be provided. No emissions allowed on atmosphereand at shop floor.

Fugitive sources are like odor emissions from loading and unloading of raw material (low molecular weight and high vapor pressure) to storage tanks, from valves, compressors, pumps flanges etc.

Please refer Table- 2.13 for details of odor control from fugitive source.All liquid chemicals transported to shop floor will be done in closed system and will be utilised in processes by closed system.

Building sources might be due to process, body odor due to excess sweating etc.

Mechanical/process ventilation will be provided which will help in dispersion of odors generated from sweating from room after hard physical labor. Increasing cooling rate of hot vessel, removal of contaminants (gas, vapor


PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Probable Odor Source Mitigation Measures

and dust) generation in room.

Any other Air monitoring devices portable and fixed for expected gaseous like SO 2,NOx, VOC’s will be provided to all along the site including tank yard, utility section etc.

2 .1 6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

2.16.1 Quantification, Classification and Management of Solid / Hazardous Waste

The Solid/Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in hazardous waste storage area as per hazardous waste rules within the plant premises.

Table 2-19: Solid/Hazardous waste details

Hazardous Waste

Sr.No.

Name of Hazardous

Waste

Source of Generation

Schedule/

Category Number*

Quantity in MT/Year

Management of Hazardous waste

Existing(As per

CCA order No: AH-95764 dated

4/11/2019)

ProposedTotal after Proposed expansion

1.Chemical Sludge from waste water treatment

Wastewater treatment

Sch. I/ 35.3

2616 4384 7000 Disposal at TSDF.

2.Process Waste or residue


Sch. I/ 29.1

202 1107 1309Disposal at CHWIF for incineration.

3.Process or Distillation Residue

Sch. I/ 36.1

4.Date expiry and off specification Pesticides

ProductSch. I/ 29.3


5.

Discarded barrels/containers/liners contaminated with Haz. chemicals/wastes

Raw materials/ Chemicals

Sch. I/ 33.1

90.4 909.6 1000

Disposal by reuse after in house decontamination or send it to authorized decontamination facility/ recycler or send back to supplier.

6.Concentrated or evaporation residues

Evaporation of wastewater

Sch. I/ 37.3

5384 5616 11000 Disposal at TSDF.

7.Spent Carbon or Filter Media

Wastewater treatment

Sch. I/ 36.2



PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Note: *As per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016

8.Used or Spent Oil

Plant Machineries

Sch. I/5.1

0.240 9.76 10

Disposal by reuse in plant & machinery as lubricant or sell it to authorized refiners/recycler

9.Inorganic Acid (HCl 30% solution)


Sch. II/ B-15

1130 12934 14064

Disposal by sell out to authorized users who are having authorization withvalid CCA and rule 9 permission to receive this waste after making MoU.

10.Sodium Bisulfite(As NaHSO3

Manufacturing Process/ Scrubbersolution)

Sch. II/C13

1755 28105 29860


11. Spent SolventManufacturing

ProcessSch. I/ 20.2

0 100 100Disposal by sell out to solvent recovery unit.

12.Ammonium Sulphate


Sch. II/A-10

0 172 172


13.Ammonium Chloride (NH4


Cl)Sch. II/

B70 3675 3675


14.Hydrogen Bromide


Sch. II/C4 0 30.6 30.6



PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Solid Waste

Sr. No.

Name of WasteSource of

GenerationQuantity per

yearManagement of Solid waste

1. Fly Ash Boiler 45600 MT Sold to brick manufacturer, cement industries, and dump off at low lying areas.2. Bottom Ash Boiler 8400 MT

3.Food waste from canteen

Kitchen waste from canteen

12000 MTMechanical composter will be providedand composted material will be used in gardening.

4. PPEDiscarded Safety equipments

Whatever generated

Will be send to authorized recyclers.

5.Insulation Material

From Boiler, reactors etc

Whatever generated

Will be send to authorized recyclers.

6. Solid WasteFrom factory premises weeping

120 MTCollection, Storage, transportation and disposed at authorized TSDF.

Other waste like E-Waste and Battery Waste that will be generated from plant operations will be managed as per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and Batteries (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 2010 & Plastic waste amendment Rules, 2016.

2.16.2 Fly Ash handling system and Utilization Plan

Fly ash generated will be handled and disposed as per the following steps:

The quantity of fly ash from the flue gases of the different zones viz furnace, boiler are collected and conveyed to common bunker by Dense Phase conveying system;The fly ash from the common bunker is conveyed to storage silo;The whole system is totally enclosed and no emission will be generated; The fly ash is given to end users such as cement manufacturer, brick manufacturing unit and for road construction.

2.16.3 Storage / Handling of Solid and HazardousAll waste is being handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid and hazardous waste handling. The wastes are collected in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the storage location in the Solid cum Hazardous waste Storage area provided at site.

2.16.4 Solid/Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

Membership of M/s. Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Limited (BEIL) has been obtained for the disposal of existing and proposed hazardous waste quantity; membership of M/s. Ecocare Infrastructures Pvt. Ltd has been acquired Membership Certificates of CHWIF/TSDF are attached as Annexure-2.6.

MoU with other industries for sale of SBS and HCl is attached as Annexure-2.7.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



2 .1 7 Description of the aspects of the project likely to cause environmental impact and pertaining mitigation measures

The condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects and pertaining mitigation measures required to meet environmental standards are given in

Table 2-20: Description of Aspects of the Project likely to cause Environmental Effects and pertaining mitigation measures

Sr.No. Activity Aspects Mitigation measures to be taken

Environment standards/ condition/rule to be achieved/ complied/

followed

Project Pre-Construction/ Construction

1) Excavation and paving of site

Generation of debrisDust generation

Sprinkling system will be adopted.Excavated earth will be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets followed by proper disposal.

Construction and demolition waste management rules 2016Permissible limits as per NAAQS, 2009:PM10 :100 µg/m3, PM2.5 : 60 µg/m3

2) Fabrication work for erecting plant equipment and preventivemaintenance work

Generation of scrapsNoise generation

All workers will be trained to use welding shields and follow safer practice.Adequate ear plugs, ear muffs and other PPEs will be provided to all workers.

Solid waste management rules, 2016Permissible noise level as per Noise rule,2000:75 dB(A) in the daytime and 70 db(A) at night

3) Vehicular movement for transportation of construction materials and waste material from construction

Fugitive dust emission due to vehicle movement & Emission of PM, HC, NOx & COMaterial leakage, spillage or dusting

The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.Vehicles will be maintained in good conditions with PUC.

Permissible limits as per NAAQS, 2009:PM10 :100 µg/m3, PM2.5 : 60 µg/m3,NO2: 80 µg/m3, CO: 04 mg/mSolid waste management rules, 2016

3

Construction and demolition waste management rules 2016

4) Manpower activities Sewage & garbage generation Proper sanitation facilities will be provided.Sewage will be treated in existing ETP and disposed to GIDC underground drainage line.

Permissible limits specified in valid consent for disposal of treated effluent/sewage.Solid waste management rules, 2016

Commissioning/ Project Operation1) Startup and shutdown

activities like operation of various equipments

Noise GenerationPM-Black Smoke Generation

Adequate greenbelt area will be developed.Acoustic enclosures will be provided.Proper maintenance & lubrication will be done to control noise level.

Permissible noise level as per Noise rule,2000:75 dB(A) in the daytime and 70 db(A) at night


PROJECT DESCRIPTION



Sr.No. Activity Aspects Mitigation measures to be taken

Environment standards/ condition/rule to be achieved/ complied/

followed2) Coal storage and stock

pillingGeneration of Coal dustFire

Sprinkling system will be adopted. Permissible limits as per NAAQS, 2009:PM10 :100 µg/m3, PM2.5 : 60 µg/mFire fighting/hydrant system to combat fire emergency.

3

3) Manufacturing activities

Process gas emissionSolid/Hazardous waste generationWater consumptionWastewater generationOdour/VOC generation

Alkali and water scrubber will be provided as APCM to control process gas emission.LDAR programe will be followed.Fly ash and bottom ash will be sold to the brick manufacturer or cement industries.Hazardous waste will be sent to TSDF/CHWIF.Rain water harvesting scheme will not be implemented.Effluent will be treated in existing ETP and disposed to GIDC underground drainage line.Adequate greenbelt area will be developed.

Permissible limits for process gas emission:HCl – 20 mg/Nm3, SO2 – 40 mg/Nm3,HBr- 05 mg/Nm3 Cl2 – 9 mg/Nm3, NH3 –30 mg/NmSolid waste management rule, 2016 / Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

3

4) Operation and Maintenance of utilities

Flue gas emissionNoise generationFly & bottom ash generation

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) and water scrubber is being/ will be provided as APCM.Acoustic enclosures, improved silencers, insulated enclosures will be provided in the equipments generating high noise.Generated fly ash will be sold to cement manufacturer or brick manufacturing unit for co-processing.

Permissible limits for flue gas emission:PM :150 mg/Nm3, SO2

Permissible noise level as per Noise rule,2000:

: 100 ppm, NOx: 50 ppm

75 dB(A) in the daytime and 70 db(A) at nightFly ash notification, 2016.

5) Vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials, finished goods

Material leakage, spillage or dustingEmission of PM, CO, NOx & HCl.

The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.Vehicles will be maintained in good conditions with PUC.

Permissible limits as per NAAQS, 2009:PM10 :100 µg/m3, PM2.5 : 60 µg/m3,NO2: 80 µg/m3, CO: 04 mg/mSolid waste management rules, 2016

3

2 .1 8 Assessment of New and Untested Technology

No recommendation of assessment of new and untested technology was given during scoping stage; hence it is not carried out.


Chapter-3 Description of The environment


Chapter – 3

Description ofThe

Environment


Description of the Environment


Chapter 3. Description of the Environment

3.1 Introduction

To assess environmental impacts from proposed expansion project at a specific location it is essential to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed expansion project. The environment status within the study area could be used for identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the impact assessment only. The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are mainly regulated by the nature of the pollutants, their quantities discharged to the environment, existing environmental quality, assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and topography/ terrain of the project site (its location) as well as surrounding area. In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is essential to gather information on existing environmental quality with respect to various components of the environment.

3.2 Pollution Control Statutory Requirement

Air Quality Standards: NAAQ (National Ambient Air Quality) Standards are presented in Annexure- 3.1.Water Quality Standards: Standards prescribed by IS: 10500 for drinking water are presented in Annexure- 3.2.Noise Quality Standards: National Ambient Noise Quality Standards are presented in Annexure-3.3 and damage risk criteria for hearing loss -OSHA is attached as Annexure- 3.4.

3.3 Scope of Baseline Data Collection

The meteorological, ambient air, noise, water, monitoring/sampling parameters are considered as per earlier Environmental Clearance, Consent to Operate granted to unit (project specific parameters) and TOR issued by MoEFCC. The baseline environmental monitoring and analysis: “Existing baseline data (Coolected by Precitech Laboratory) which is less than 3 years old has been utilized”.The methods used for sampling and analysis of Air, Water, Noise and Soil samples as per laboratory’s NABL scope.

Table 3-1: Methodology adopted for collection of baseline data

Step- 1 - Demarcation of study area for baseline environmental monitoring (BEM)Step- 2 - Selection of Environmental attributes and parameters

- Meteorological, Air, Water, Noise, Soil Environment Step- 3 - Defining the study periodStep- 4 - Selection of monitoring locations for sampling for each parameters based on TGM and MoEF

guidelinesStep- 5 - Monitoring network design for measurements or samplings to be done during the study period

- Frequency and duration of monitoring- Methods to be adopted for monitoring/ sampling and analysis- Background information about monitoring locations- Equipment and infrastructure set-up - Monitoring team formulation and responsibilities

3.4 Study Period

Study period March-2018 to May-2018 was selected for monitoring of Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) at each station twice a week. Ground water, Surface water, Soil and Noise were monitored and analyzed for once during the period.




3.5 Study Area Map

Eight locations including one location within the project site were selected to carry out the survey. Study area map depicted in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1: Map of study area

Table 3-2: Scope of baseline data collection

S. No.Environmental

AttributesDescription

1. Land use 10 km buffer area from the project site as per the EIA requirements2. Geology & Soils Once during study period 3. Geo-Hydrology Once during study period4. Site specific Hourly

Meteorological dataFor the following parameters :

Wind speed (kmph), Wind direction (deg), Temperature (in deg C), Relative humidity, Rainfall (mm)Measured by AUTOMATIC WIND MONITORING SYSTEM, WITH MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED DATA LOGGER MAKE- Envirotech Instruments, Delhi, India,Location: Project site of M/s. Meghmani Organics Ltd., GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Taluka: Ankleshwar, District: Bharuch, Gujarat.

5. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

For the following parameters :PM10, PM2.5, NOx, SO2, CO, HCl, HBr, Cl2, NH3

Monitoring Duration : Twice in a week, & TVOC

Monitoring Station : Total 8 locations within study area of 5 km 6. Ground Water sampling For ground water samples: Max. 8 sampling locations as mentioned above

– once during the period from March-2018 to May-2018.

Parameters : pH, EC, TDS, TSS, Nitrates, Total Phosphates, COD, BOD, Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3), Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3), Magnesium (Mg+2), Carbonate as CaCO3, Bicarbonate as CaCO3, Cl-1, SO4

-2, Mn, Fluoride, Sodium, Potassium, Ni, As, Hexavalent Chromium, Copper, Lead, Cadmium,Iron, Zinc, Total coliforms, Ammonical Nitrogen and Phenolic compounds.

7. Surface Water sampling For surface water samples: Max. 7 sampling locations as mentioned above

MMeegghhmmaanniiOOrrggaanniiccss LLttdd..,,AAnnkklleesshhwwaarr




S. No.Environmental

AttributesDescription

– once during the period from March-2018 to May-2018Parameters : pH, EC, TDS, TSS, Nitrates, Total Phosphates, COD, BOD, Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3), Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3), Magnesium (Mg+2), Carbonate as CaCO3, Bicarbonate as CaCO3, Cl-1, SO4

-2, Mn, Fluoride, Sodium, Potassium, Ni, As, Hexavalent Chromium, Copper, Lead, Iron, Cadmium, Zinc, Total coli forms, Ammonical Nitrogen and Phenolic compounds

8. Soil sampling For soil samples : total 4 locations within study area of 5 km.Chemical analysis parameters : pH, Electrical conductivity, Water holding capacity, Cation Exchange Capacity, SAR, Available Nitrogen, Available Phosphorus, Sodium, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium

9. Leq Noise level measurement readings

Daytime 9 readings and night time 9 readings at max.9 sampling locationsas mentioned above – once during the period

10. Ecology & Biodiversity Once during study of terrestrial and aquatic life11. Socioeconomic Study Once during study period12. Risk and Hazard Analysis Physical verification of site once during study period

3.6 Landuse

Use of Remote Sensing & Landuse Mapping with Digital Elevation Model

Land cover data documents how much of a region is covered by forests, wetlands, impervious surfaces, agriculture, and other land and water types. Water types include wetlands or open water. Land use shows how people use the landscape – whether for development, conservation, or mixed uses. The different types of land cover can be managed or used quite differently.

Remote Sensing and GIS are the most advanced tools for Land use/Land cover study. In recent times as lots of ground efforts and time is saved to achieve multiple objectives using these smart tools and models. Satellite Image Classification is another process to carry out change study of particular area as it gives an idea of the Earth’s surface with the help of satellite imageries over the period of time.

Also, DEM (Digital Elevation Model) describes how altitudinal parameters plays a major role into any establishment of infrastructure with vegetation and atmospheric changes. DEM data defines Slope, Aspect, elevation values for the particular region to develop any action plan regarding hydrology, geology and environmental effects over the area.

Need of Landuse Mapping

A modern nation, as a modern business, must have adequate information on many complex interrelated aspects of its activities in order to make decisions. Land use is only one such aspect, but knowledge about land use and land cover has become increasingly important as the Nation plans to overcome the problems of haphazard, uncontrolled development, deteriorating environmental quality, loss of prime agricultural lands, destruction of important wetlands, and loss of fish and wildlife habitat. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved or maintained at current levels. Land use and land cover data also are needed by Federal, State, and local agencies for water-resource inventory, flood control, watersupply planning, and waste-water treatment. Many Federal agencies need current action plan using Landuse to predict the future scenario in compare to existing activities on public lands combined with the forest and vegetation area and its impact on biodiversity and human population.

Objective of the Study

The types of land use and land cover categorization developed in the classification system presented in this report can be related to various approaches to achieve classifying land capability, proximity to certain management




practices, and potential for any particular activity on land value, either essential or projected for Meghmani Organics Limited-Ankleshwar.

Importance of Landuse Mapping

Now a days due to rapid growth in urbanization and industrialization, there is increasing pressure on land, water and environment. Urban sprawl may be found everywhere in major cities. There are many problems related with conversion of agricultural land in to urban use. Every city is expanding in all directions resulting in large-scale changes in urban land use.

To make property maps and to do settlement. To conduct topographic survey for infrastructure development. To keep database records related to property. Environmental ReportsTo evaluate the property value. To divide the property in case of disputes. To work with Board of Revenue, Public works departments, Utility companies etc

Methodology

Data Acquisition (Data Sources)

Both Primary & Secondary data has been collected from various sources like US Satellite platform, Survey of India in the form of Toposheet (Scale: 1:50000) Code: F43 N2 & F43M14, Reference image of Landuse from ISRO platform for enhance classification understanding, Village records of Ankleshwar taluka & surroundings from govt data website and old EIA reports for Ankleshwar taluka and surroundings by our team. Many free satellite data platforms are available for particular study but we have used very robust and most published data in all environmental reports which is LANDSAT platform. For this study OLI (Operational Land Imager) data with spatial resolution of 30m had been used with 6 bands (Red, green, blue, NIR & SWIR1 & 2) Date of Imagery: 8 Feb 2020. Toposheet is acquired from the Survey of India portal for the year 2010 with the fine scale of 1:50000, while Landuse image reference of 2015-16 was downloaded by Bhuvan platform. Ankleshwar Taluka Village map was procured by Government Website of India. Also, Elevation, Slope & Aspect map were created by SRTM-DEM (Digital Elevation Model) by procuring data from USGS platform. Some past report also has been studied before taking out the mapping component for better understanding of the area surrounding project site. Rest of the primary/secondary data like roads, railways, drainages (Vector data) being digitized in QGIS Software with reference to google earth map with high resolution.

Image Pre-processing

Data procured from USGS (Sat image) & Survey of India (Toposheet) has been properly georeferenced and corrected from pre-processing view and atmospheric conditions. Layer stacking was done in QGIS software using all 4 bands (10m resolution), other bands were neglected as resolution of those bands were less in comparison to these bands. Images were clipped by 10 km Buffer file to set area prefix after noise removal & histogram match. True colour image was generated and converted to False Colour Composite (FCC) for better understanding of Unsupervised/Supervised classification.

Visual Image Interpretation

Image interpretation is defined as the act of examining images to identify objects and judge their significance. An interpreter studies remotely sensed data and attempts through logical process to detect, identify, measure and evaluate the significance of environmental and cultural objects, patterns and spatial relationships. It is an information extraction process.

After the generation of FCC (Fig: 3-3), data has been observed by Visual Image interpretation for the better understanding of the all features over earth surface in and around study area. Majorly Shape, colour, size, texture, shadow, and pattern has been observed for the particular date of various landuse classes.




Figure 3-2: Methodology Chart

Figure: 3-3:




Image Classification

Classification is the process of sorting pixels into a finite number of individual classes, or categories of data based on their data file values. There are 2 types of classification (Un-super/Supervised).

Unsupervised classification has been made & verified with ground survey points collected by team &available land cover features over project study area. Unsupervised significance lead to the understanding that around 8 classes (Level-2) are available over the10 km study area.Training class samples made of various reflectance signatures had been generated in ample of numbers to increase accuracy level for verification of FCC using VISUAL IMAGE INTERPRETATION method.

Supervised Classification: From number of techniques we have done Maximum likelihood technique for supervised classification for minimum error due to its expertise classification. Maximum likelihood classification assumes that the statistics for each class in each band are normally distributed and calculates the probability that a given pixel belongs to a specific class. Unless you select a probability threshold, all pixels are classified. Map reference was collected by NRSC ISRO Map of Gujarat State (2015-16).

Figure: 3-4: Landuse Map (Project Site)

Area Statistics

After supervised classification map generation, area statistics was performed which shows the real value of ground with account of satellite data image interpretation. 15km buffer was taken as a base to calculate the area of subset image for particular project site and surroundings. Below details showing area (Ha) after statistics report generation. (Table: 3-3)




Table 3-3 : Area Statistics (Land use Map)

Sr. No. Class Area (Ha) Area (%)

1 Agriculture 10312 32.83912

2 Fallowland 7338.06 23.36845

3 Vegetation 8888.85 28.30702

7 Water 708.3 2.25562

10 Builtup 4154.36 13.22978

Total 31401.57 100

Accuracy Assessment

Almost all data classes were collected and feasible points were reached by team to accomplish ground data verification for further classification and accuracy check purpose. These data were used to check accuracy of the supervised classified map to compare ground situation and satellite data to generate correct statistics.

After the classification process, it is useful to assess the accuracy of land cover classification, in order to identify and measure map errors. Usually, accuracy assessment is performed with the calculation of an error matrix, which compares map information with reference data (i.e. ground truth data) for a number of sample areas. The Kappa coefficient expresses the proportionate reduction in error generated by a classification process compared with the error of a completely random classification.

Overall Accuracy: 82.50%Kappa Statistics: 0.8145 (Scale of 0 to 1)

Geography and Climate

Bharuch is located at 21.7°N 72.97°E. It has an average elevation of 15 meters (49 feet). Bharuch is a port city situated on the banks of the Narmada River. The damming of the Narmada caused the original port facilities to close; the nearest port is now in Dahej. The Bharuch district is surrounded by Vadodara (North), Narmada (East)and Surat (South) districts. To the west is the Gulf of Khambhat.

Bharuch has a tropical savanna climate (under Köppen's Climate classification), moderated strongly by the Arabian Sea. The summer begins in early March and lasts until June. April and May are the hottest months, the average maximum temperature being 40°C. Monsoon begins in late June and the city receives about 800 millimeters (31 in) of rain by the end of September, with the average maximum being 32 °C during those months. October and November see the retreat of the monsoon and a return of high temperatures until late November. Winter starts in December and ends in late February, with average temperatures of around 23 °C (73 °F). Very often heavy monsoon rain brings floods in the Narmada basin area. The city had witnessed major floods in the past, but now the floods have been controlled after the damming of the Narmada.

Site Selection Criteria

Since the project expansion will be carried out within the existing premises the said area already has following facility, also refer Chapter-5.

Location within the established notified industrial estate. Availability of common infrastructural facilities of the industrial estate. Availability of good quality water supply in the industrial estate. Availability of authorized solid waste disposal site in nearby area.Availability of requisite skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor from local area. Facilities such as power, water, communication etc. are easily available.




SEZ is a part of Dahej Petroleum, Chemicals and Petrochemicals Investment Region (PCPIR) and is within Delhi-Mumbai Investment Corridor (DMIC).

Landuse Classification Details

Total area of 10km buffer is separated in 8 classes as per the understanding from Unsupervised/Supervised classification.

Agriculture: Major area occupancy is from Agriculture field (32%) and well spread among local villages of Ankleshwar taluka. Many crops like Rice, cotton, Wheat, juvar, gram etc are the common practice of agricultural crops among surrounding villages of Ankleshwar taluka. Level-II classification of Landsat-8 image has shown very minute details for agricultural pattern distribution.

Fallowland: Some of the lands are not being used in this season which is fertile but as of now no cultivation activities are going on as per the image interpretation, may be it will be used for future aspects which are Fallowland. Rabi season has shown many crops in study area among villages but some agricultural lands were either cultivated or not being used since some months which covers a good amount (23%) of the area.

Vegetation: This class specifically shows rough patches of Prosopis juliflora and other species like Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Salvadora persica etc. Around 28% of the proximity is majorly covered by Prosopis juliflora & other vegetation species.

Water bodies: Water bodies are important life source for any living being in this world. Buffer area of the project site shows many little waterbodies in the form of Pond, Lake, tank etc procuring around 2-3% of the area. Also, an Upper NW corner is showing Narmada river region flowing from North of the Ankleshwar city and surrounding villages which is an important lifeline for Agricultural crops developed in the region.

Built-up/Settlements Ankleshwar is very well known for its industrial activities and well connected to other cities of Gujrat by Rail & Road. Our project site is situated in GIDC area of Ankleshwar taluka which is well surrounded by many reputed industries of Ankleshar city. Also, satellite map shows villages of further most area like Piraman, Gadkhol, Bhadkodara, Kapodara, Amboli etc. Over 13% of the study area is occupied by Industries as well as villages and Builtup, infrastructure etc.

Figure 3-5 shows topographical details for the region within 10km of proximity using Survey of India toposheet. This map was basically derived from Survey of India website after which it was proceed for geo-referencing. After geo-refer images were cropeed& merged as 10km proximity was falling between 2 images (Code: F43 N2 & F43M14-Year 2010 (1st Edition). 5km & 10km buffer was overlaid to show proximity from Meghmani organic ltd. Symbology has been given from SOI toposheet only for various features shown on topography map. General features are Narmada river, roads, railway lines, agricultural fields, city area with various villages, cultivated lands, agriculture etc. Village map has been also described here as Figure 3-6covering 5kms & 10kms proximity administrative boundaries of Ankleshwartaluka and surroundings.




Figure 3-5: Topographical Map of the Study Area

Village map has been also described here as Figure 3-6 covering 5 kms & 10 kms proximity administrative boundaries of Ankleshwar taluka and surroundings.

Figure 3-6: Village Map of the Study Area




Geology

Geologically the area comprises of alluvial formations of recent to sub recent age. The site lies at the southern side of of Bharuch district in Ankleshwar talukas on the left bank of Narmada River. The Alluvium are Quartenary sediments of fluviomarine, fluvial and Aeolian origins and designated as “Gujarat Alluvium”. Alluvium, Blown & miliolitic sand Basalt Andesite, trachyte flows and Limestone Gypsiferous & corbonaceous shales , marls & sandstones are the main formations in Bharuch district.

The geological succession in stratigraphical order is mentioned in following table.

Table 3-4 : Stratigraphy of the Study Area

Epoch/Age FormationHOLOCENE Recent

Surficial Deposits River sands, gravel Coastal mud, Beach, Sand, Modern Soils, etc.

Sub-Recent Newer Alluvium: Inter layering of thick sand gravel and thin clay silt with calcareous nodules.

PLEISTOCENE Older Alluvium : Inter bedding of thick silty clay and thin gravelly sands TERTIARIES

Pliocene Sandstone and clay stone (Broach)Miocene Sandstone ( Jhagadia, Ferruginous

sandstone and conglomerate (Babaguru)Oligocene Shale (Ankleshwar)

Eocene Black shale(Gambay)

Palaeocene Vagad Khor/Olpad formation.Late Cretaceous to Eocene

Deccan Traps — Late Mesozoic toearlier Palaeogene

Middle to Upper Cretaceous

Bagh veds ——Mesozoic

-Unconformity -Pre-Cambrian - Metamorphics - Proterozoic

The alluvium deposit of SubRecent to Recent age is observed in the area. It consists of Surficial Deposits River sands, gravel Coastal mud, Beach, Sand, Modern Soils, etc in Sub-aerial deposition under marine and fluvial conditions.

Other formation in the buffer area of 10 km of study site is shale of Oligocene age of Tertiaries

The main geomorphic features in the area are Alluvium. These are the Surficial Deposits of fluvial and aeolian as well as Fluvio-Marine activities. Other features are Pediplain Weathered/ buried and shallow weathered/ shallow buried Pediplain

A map showing the major geological features in the project area is presented in Figure 3-7.

The map also marks the area within 10 km with project site as a centre.




Figure: 3-7 Geological Map of Study Area

Geomorphology:

Bharuch district has a varied landscape. The entire district may divided into four topographic viz. Hilly area with

high relief, Piedomont zone, Alluvial plain and Coastal Alluvial area.From the figure it can be said that the area is

mostly a Coastal Alluvial area which is divided into Older and Young Mudflats. The area presents varied degree of slopes in the study area.

Figure: 3-8 Geomorphological Map of Study Area




Natural soils are the product of physical and chemical weathering of rocks. The physical properties are formed during the course of formation and the subsequent existence is depending upon the topography, hydro meteorological condition and human interference. Soil characteristics of a terrain are more important aspects since they play a major role in ground water recharge and meet the basic needs of all agricultural production. The soil classification map has been prepared by extracting the areas under different soil categories from the maps prepared by National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land use Planning (NBSS & LUP).

A map showing the characteristics of major soil categories in the project area is presented in Figure 3-9. The map also marks the area within 10 km with project site as a centre.

Following type of soil distribute around the site

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on very gently sloping basalic interfluves with slight erosion; associated with deep well drained, calcareous fine soils with slight erosion. Around 17.55 percent area covered by this type of soil in the study area

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on nearly level alluvial plain with slight erosion and slight salinity; associated with deep, moderately well drained, calcareous fine soils with slight erosion and slight salinity. About 35 per cent of 10 km buffer area of site is covered by this type of soil.

Deep, well drained, calcareous, fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain with slight erosion and slight salinity; associated with very deep, imperfectly drained, calcareous, fine-loamy soils with slight erosion

Very deep, well drained, calcareous, fine-loamy soils on gently sloping alluvial plain with moderate erosion; associated with deep, well drained,calcareous, fine-loamy soils on very gently sloping lands with moderate erosion

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain with moderate erosion; associated with very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on nearly level lands with slight erosion

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on nearly level alluvial plain with slight erosion; associated with very deep moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils on gently sloping lands with severe erosion

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on nearly level alluvial plain with moderate erosion; associated with very deep, moderately well drained, calcareous, fine soils on gently sloping lands with severe erosion




Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain with moderate erosion and moderate salinity; associated with very deep, moderately well drained calcareous, fine soils with moderate erosion

Very deep, moderately well drained, fine soils on nearly level alluvial plain with slight erosion and moderate salinity; associated with very deep, imperfectly drained, calcareous, very fine soils with slight erosion and moderate salinity

Figure : 3-9 Soil Map of Study Area




Slope map similarly derived from USGS SRTM data (30m) which describes the degree of sloppy region available in the proximity site of Meghmani Organics Ltd. Slope map generally refers to steepness of the particular region or area using either degree or % format. Min. slope available from 0 18 5 classes to show various visibility over the region. Slope map can be useful to derive any infrastructural activities, hydrology, geo-morphology, Disaster management, biodiversity, environmental or vegetation studies or impacts etc.

Figure: 3-10 : Slop Map of the Study Area

Digital Elevation Maps

Elevation map of Mehmani Organics Ltd & 10 km of surrounding region depicting various elevation layers of 10Km buffer. Starting from MSL (Mean Sea Level) 0 m to 59 m of Elevation categories are divided into 6 classes. As per map visibility southern part of Ankleshwar is becoming more elevation gradually as it is going far beyond the River and gulf side. Slope map has achieved from USGS website from SRTM (Shuttle Radar Topography Mission) data of 30M resolution. It was properly geo-referenced and filled from sink values before making elevation map.




Figure: 3-11 : Elevation Map of the Study Area

Aspect map:

Aspect map generally defines the direction of slope for particular area. It indicates the number of pixels flowing

towards the direction of slope in GIS terms. Generally, aspect map can be made in 8 directions to understand slope

map for mapping of wind rose, forest fire, hydrology, geographical analysis, downslope direction for infrastructural

activities, terrain analysis, biodiversity or faunal surveys etc. Mixture of 8 direction is clearly visible in the map

which predicts the downslope directions in 10 km buffer area.




Figure: 3-12 : Aspects Map of the Study Area

Hydro-Geology:

The geology of the Bharuch district with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a complex hydrogeological pattern. The hard rocks, the semi-consolidated Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all comprise multi – aquifer systems thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined groundwater conditions in the entire district. Tertiary formations, are inherently saline and contain poor quality of groundwater.

Table: 3-5 Taluka wise groundwater structure

Sl. No.

Name of taluka Dug wellShallow

Tube well

Deep Tube well

Total

1 AMOD 1113 0 43 11562 ANKLESVAR 41 143 2 1863 BHARUCH 944 145 7 10964 HANSOT 169 0 0 1695 JAMBUSAR 200 17 4 2216 JHAGADIA 946 1353 148 24477 ANKLESHWAR 81 0 0 818 VALIA 1469 1862 3 3334

Total 4963 3520 207 8690Source –(MIS Census)




In the major part of the Bharuch district the depth to water level ranges 5 to 20 m bgl. Shallow water level i.e. less than 5 m bgl is observed mainly in the western and south western part of the district in the most part of the Hansot and parts of Anklesvar, Jabbusar, Ankleshwar taluka.

Groundwater Quality

Ground water quality is variable the aquifers as aquifers near the coastal area have high salinity due to sea water effects while in eastern hard rock area the quality of ground water is in permissible limits. Electrical conductivity varies between 375 to 6500 mmho/cm. Ground water quality of the study area is saline as the aquifer are coastal and marine origin and also sea water affect the ground water quality

Ground water resources

The taluka-wise dynamic ground water resources of the district have been estimated for the phreatic aquifer s. In which talukawise groundwater availability, utilization and stage of development estimated based on the GEC 97, and GEC-2015 methodologies.

As per the Block wise Ground Water Resources Assessment -2017 all the talukas of Bharuch District are in Safe Category

Figure: 3-13 Ground Water Zone Map of Study Area




The Major Rivers of Bharuch district are Narmada, Amravati, Bhukhi, Dev and Kim and the course of these rivers is towards west and merges in the Gulf of Khambhat. Each river has an estuary of several kilometers. The study area is situated near the left bank of Narmada River.

Figure: 3-14 Major Rivers of Bharuch District

Conclusion

Based on the GIS mapping of various factors like landuse study, DEM study and topographical information collected from various websites over period of time from image interpretation & satellite maps the following highlight emerges: Project has various locational benefits like availability of water, saline water from nearby regions. Location of the project site is far inside of the major roads & rail connectivity, hence reducing risk hazard on various transportation factors. Not affecting any major biodiversity ecosystem or creek as location is not nearby from the coast from both western and northern coast. Topography of the region suggests near to flat areas and not having much elevation or much vegetation factors near project site will definitely beneficial for taking future action plans. Also, landuse suggests no harm to nearby vegetation patches or waterbodies as it is situated in the dense builtup region, which is a good factor towards environmental clearance for near proximity. Safety and environmental norms will be followed Recycle & Reuse scheme will be implemented to reduce water consumption.




Meteorology

For collection of site-specific meteorological data, weather monitoring station was setup at the main gate of the project site for period of March- 2018 to May- 2018. The survey was undertaken as per IS: 8829-1978 and CPCB Guidelines. Automatic Weather Monitor System based data logger was used to record parameters viz. temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction. The site specific hourly mean meteorological data is given in Table: 3-6.

Table 3-6: Site specific meteorological dataParameters March - 2018 April- 2018 May- 2018

Temperature (°C)

Minimum 22.5 25.0 26.0Maximum 40.80 41.50 43.5

31.26 32.7 33.03

Relative Humidity (%)

Minimum 7 5 12Maximum 85 87 93

20.8 33.1 47.6

Wind Speed (kmph)

Minimum 0.12 0.21 0.21Maximum 5.7 5.94 6.96

2.75 2.9 3.77

Rainfall (mm) Total Rainfall 0.0 0.0 0.0

The minimum and maximum hourly average temperatures recorded during the study period were 22.5°C and 43.5ºC respectively. Hourly average temperature of the study period is given in Annexure 3.5

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind speed in the project site remained moderate. The predominant wind direction was SW to NE. Maximum wind speed was 25 kmph in May 2018, while the average wind speeds ranged from 9.9 to 13.5 kmph during the study period.

Wind Rose Diagram

Wind rose diagram showing month wise distribution of wind direction and wind speed and the given in Figure -3-15

Figure 3-15: Windrose diagrams of the study period




Prevailing wind directions during March-2018 to May-2018




a) Prevailing wind directions during March-2018 to May-2018

Figure 3-16: Wind class distribution during the study period




The data for secondary meteorological parameters namely humidity and rainfall have been taken from Climatological Tables of Observation in India 1981-2010 by India Meteorological Department (IMD). The presented data are for IMD station - Surat.

Morning and evening mean monthly relative humidity (%) and vapour pressure (hPa) data for Surat station is given in the Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Monthly data of relative humidity and vapor pressure

MonthRelative Humidity (%) Vapour Pressure (hPa)

Morning(at 08:30 hr. IST)

Evening(at 17:30 hr. IST)

Morning(at 08:30 hr. IST)

Evening(at 17:30 hr.IST)

January 68 41 13.9 15February 64 34 14.8 13.8

March 64 33 19.2 15.9April 66 42 25.1 21.3May 70 58 30.2 28.9June 78 70 32.4 32.2July 86 80 32.4 32.6

August 86 79 31.5 31.5September 83 70 30.7 29.9

October 73 52 25.8 24.7November 65 44 18.6 19.1December 67 43 15.1 16.4:

The mean monthly average of Relative Humidity values for Surat station was recorded for 8:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Based on above stated data it can be concluded that the Relative Humidity is generally high during the period from June to Sept.

The average relative humidity during the study period (March-2018 to May-2018) was ranging from 33% to 70%.

The monthly average rainfall data of last 5 years (2014-2018) for Bharuch district, collected from India Meteorological Department (IMD) website are presented in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Average rainfall data of Bharuch district

YearAverage Rainfall (mm)

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec

2014 1.1 0 0 0 0 23.5 317.8 136.6 141.8 0 0.2 0

2015 1.2 0 8.9 2.4 1.3 147.7 167.6 12.9 109.8 1.6 0 0

2016 0 0 1.1 0 0.5 12.3 155.8 127.3 118.6 66.4 0 0

2017 0 0 0 0 0 181.5 265.2 234.7 62.5 21.6 0 6.3

2018 0 0 0 0 0 70.8 475.7 145.4 44.3 0.1 0 0

Based on above stated data it can be concluded that rainy season in the Bharuch region extends from June to October and high rainfall is seen in the month of July to September.




Cloud amount is generally high during the period from June to September.

Table 3-9: Monthly data of cloud amount

MonthCloud Amount (Oktas of sky)

All clouds Low clouds08:30hr. 17:30hr. 08:30hr. 17:30 hr.

January 0.8 0.9 0.2 0.2February 0.8 0.8 0.2 0.2March 0.8 0.7 0.1 0.1April 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.1May 2.6 1.0 2.1 0.7June 4.6 3.5 3.2 2.0July 6 5.6 3.8 3.5

August 6.3 5.9 3.9 3.4September 4.5 3.8 2.6 2.0October 2.0 2.0 0.9 0.9

November 1.3 1.5 0.5 0.6December 1.1 1.2 0.3 0.3

3.7 Air Environment

Following steps were taken for identification/preparation of monitoring network /station

1) Preparation of map of study area (10 km /5km radius)2) Preparation of dummy model of windrose from secondary data in order to identify the predominant wind

direction.3) Identification of sensitive receptors (sensitive receptors falls under the downwind direction) by putting the

dummy model of wind rose on Google map.4) Setting–up monitoring location with the help IS standard 1582 (part 14) as well as District Census.

If, population is <1,00,000; minimum four (4) monitoring station is recommended.

Based on the population of different areas, land use, pre-dominant wind direction, sensitive receptors and their distance and direction from the plant, EIGHT (8) locations, including one location within the project site, were selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) in the study area of 5 km radius. The details of ambient air quality locations are given in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations for the study

Stn. Code Location

A1 Ankleshwar GIDCA2 MotaliA3 JitaliA4 Garden CityA5 BakrolA6 KapodaraA7 Ankleshwar

A8 Gadkhol




CPCB guidelines for sitting of stations have been followed wherein following have been complied.

1. No domestic chimneys, no nearby furnace or incinerate or fumes at least 25m from the station.2. No high building material within 1m of the station which might act as absorbing medium.3. No major land use changes, rebuilding’s etc. are foreseen in near future at the station sites.4. The sites are located in open area (on terrace) so that there is free air flow in all directions.5. Minimum 200 m distance from unpaved roads and streets is maintained.6. Height to the inlet must be 3–10 m above the ground level.7. The sampler must be more than 20m from trees.8. Distance of the sampler to any air flow obstacle i.e. buildings, must be more than two times the height of the

obstacle above the sampler.

24 hourly monitoring was carried out at the above-mentioned locations twice a week

Table 3-11: List of parameters for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

during the study period from March 2018 to May 2018 for the parameters given in Table-3-11 The monitoring was carried out in accordance with the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), scientific manual of GPCB, and National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB which are attached as Annexure-3.1.

Since the target sampling of 24 hours in a day could not be fulfilled for each monitoring due to power failures, instrument breakdown etc., the values monitored for 16 hours and more are considered as representative values for assessing the ambient air quality for a day as considered by CPCB.

The testing methods adopted for each selected parameter are given in Table below:

Table 3-12: Testing Methods for AAQ parameters

Parameter Testing Procedure- PM10 Gravimetric method using high volume air samplers

(IS : 5182, Part 23, 2006, RA: 2017))

Particulate Matter (size less - PM2.5 Lab STP based on CPCB guidelines-Gravimetric method)Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx Chemiluminescence (IS:5182, Part 6, 2006, RA: 2017))Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Improved West and Gaeke method

IS 5182 ( part II ) : 2001 RA 2017 (sodium tetra chloromercurate)

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Grab sampling followed by GC analysisTVOC as iso butylene Adsorption & Desorption followed by GC analysis

(IS 5182 (Part 11):2006, RA: 2017)Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) Absorption in water followed by colorimetric determination on

spectrophotometer (APHA:4500-Cl_ B colorimetric method 23rd

edition)

Sr. No. Parameter1. Particulate Matter (PM10)2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) 6. TVOCs (as iso butylene)7. Hydrochloric acid (HCl) 8. Chlorine (Cl2)9. Hydrogen Bromide (HBr)10. Ammonia (NH3)




Hydrogen Bromide (HBr) All measured values of HBr were <10 g/m3.Ammonia (NH Method 401, Method of Air sampling & analysis, 3rd edition

Indophenol method3)

Chlorine (Cl2 IS : 5182 (Part 19) : 1982 RA 2019)

Table 3-13: Results of ambient air quality (AAQ)

Pollutant parameters

Statistical parameters

Monitoring station and codes*NAAQSA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10

(µg/m3

Average

)

82 77 83 81 80 80 80 78

100Maximum 92 83 98 90 86 86 86 84

Minimum 68 69 74 71 72 75 75 73

98 percentile 92 83 93 90 86 86 86 84

PM2.5

(µg/m3

Average

)

38 33 36 31 32 25 25 27

60Maximum 43 37 40 37 38 29 29 31

Minimum 28 26 29 22 24 20 20 22

98 percentile 43 37 40 37 38 29 29 31

SO2

(µg/m3

Average

)

17 15 14 14 17 16 16 13

80Maximum 21 18 19 17 21 21 21 18

Minimum 13 9 10 9 14 12 12 9

98 percentile 21 18 19 17 21 21 21 18

NO2

(µg/m3

Average

)

22 18 18 18 19 23 23 20

80Maximum 27 23 24 23 22 27 27 24

Minimum 16 14 13 14 16 16 16 13

98 percentile 27 23 23 23 22 27 27 24

TVOC*(mg/m3

Average

)

1.5 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.3NSMaximum 1.7 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.5

Minimum 1.3 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.1

CO*(mg/m3

Average

)

0.84 0.45 0.60 0.48 0.37 0.50 0.46 0.504Maximum 0.95 0.56 0.71 0.59 0.40 0.53 0.53 0.54

Minimum 0.67 0.28 0.37 0.25 0.34 0.47 0.24 0.44

HCl*(µg/m3

Maximum

)

<5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5Not

SpecifiedMinimumAverage

Cl2(µg/m3

Maximum

)

<5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5Not

SpecifiedMinimumAverage

NH3*(µg/m3

Maximum

)

<10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10400Minimum

AverageHBr

(µg/m3Maximum

)<10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

Not SpecifiedMinimum

AverageNote: *TVOC (as iso butylene), CO and HCl was monitored twice in a month during the study period *NAAQS: National ambient air quality standards

Baseline status of AAQ of the study area is presented in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14: Baseline status of ambient air quality

S.No. Parameters Baseline Status

1. Particulate Matter size less than 10

The main contribution to PM10 at all the AAQM locations was primarily due to local activities such as vehicular movement, agricultural activities and




(PM10 prevailing wind.)PM10 concentrations in the study area were ranging from 6 3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 84 3 which are within the stipulated NAAQS values.

2. Particulate Matter size

(PM2.5

The main contribution to PM

)

2.5

PM

at all the AAQM locations was primarily due to local activities such as vehicular movement, natural dust and prevailing wind.

2.5 concentrations in the study area were ranging from 20 to 43 3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 29 to 43 3 which are within the stipulated NAAQS values.

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2

The range of SO)

2 was from 9 to 21 3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 18 to 21 3 and within stipulated standards of NAAQS.

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx

The range of NO)

x was from 13 to 27 3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 22 to 27 3 and within stipulated standards of NAAQS.

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

3as against the specified limit of 4 3 .The main contribution to CO in ambient air is considered to be traffic vehicular emission and flue gas stacks of power plants.

6. TVOC The TVOC were in the range of <0.1 to 1.7 3.

7. Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)

The HCl were in the range of <5 3.

8. Cl The Cl2 23.

9. NH The NH3 33.

10. HBr The HBr 3.

3.8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring (ANQM) in the study area has been measured at selected locations are given in Table 3-15.

Table 3-15: Location of ambient noise monitoring

Stn. Code Location

N1 Project Site N2 MotaliN3 JitaliN4 Garden CityN5 BakrolN6 KapodaraN7 AnkleshwarN8 GodkholN9 Lion School Nr. Valia Road

1. The frequency of monitoring was set at an interval of 2 hours during 24 hours of one single day during the study period.

2. Each measurement was taken for 15 seconds. All measurements were carried out when the wind speeds were approximately 1-2 m/sec and no unusual activities were being carried out at the monitoring locations.

3. The measurements were made using Sound Level Meter.4. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) were then calculated from the

recorded values separately for day-time as well as night time. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) is a statistical value of sound pressure level that can be equated to any fluctuating noise level and forms a useful measure of noise exposure and forms basis of several of the noise indices used




presently. Leq is defined as the constant noise level, which over a given time, expands the same amount of energy, as is expanded by the fluctuating level over the same time. This value is expressed by the equation:

Leq = 10 log(1/n x (10)Li/10)………………………………………………….eq. no.- 3.1

Where, n = Total number of sound samples, Li = the noise level of any ith

5. Leq is used widely as a scale for the measurement of long term noise exposure.

sample

6. The Leq values of noise levels are then compared with the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential and industrial areas within the impact zone. The ambient noise standards of CPCB are given as Annexure-3.3 and Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety & health administration (OSHA) is enclosed as Annexure – 3.4.

The calculated Leqs are tabulated as given in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations

Stn.Code

StationDay Time (6am-10pm) Night Time (10pm-6am)

Max. Min. Leq. Max. Min. Leq.Industrial Area N1 Project Site 75 73 74 70 66 68Commercial AreaN7 Ankleshwar 65 52 64 55 52 54Residential Area N2 Motali 54 51 53 44 41 43N3 Jitali 55 52 54 45 38 43N4 Garden City 54 50 52 45 39 42N5 Bakrol 57 51 54 47 37 44N6 Kapodara 54 49 53 45 40 43N8 Gadkhol 55 41 53 48 34 44*Silence zoneN9 Lion School Nr. Valia

Road 49 4449

40 3839

Noise StandardsIndustrial Area 75 70Commercial Area 65 55Residential Area 55 45Slience Zone 50 40Note: All values are in dB (A); As per Noise Pollution Rules 2000* Silence zone is defined as area up to100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones.

The maximum noise level measured in the industrial area under the impact zone was 75 dBA at project site in daytime and 70 dBA in night time at project site, which were below the stipulated standards of CPCB. Noise levels of the residential area within the impact zone varied from 41-57 dBA during day time and 34-48 dBA during night time, which are also below permissible limits as stipulated by CPCB.




3.9 Water Environment

Representative underground as well as surface water samples from different locations within a distance of 10 km radial distance from the project site were selected for sampling. Ground water predominantly exploited in most of nearby villages only for domestic and agricultural purposes.

Surface waters from ponds, rivers within the study area were selected for sampling, ground water from bore wells of given villages were selected for sampling. Please refer Table-3-16 and Table-3-17.

Table 3-17: Surface water sampling location

Station Code LocationSW1 AmlaKhadiSW2 City PondSW3 GNFC PondSW4 Amaravati riverSW5 Canal WaterSW6 GIDC PondSW7 Narmada River

Table 3-18: Ground water sampling location

Station Code LocationGW1 RajpiplaChokdiGW2 SarangpurGW3 MotaliGW4 JitaliGW5 Garden cityGW6 KapodaraGW7 UmarwadaGW8 Nr.Ankleshwar railway station

Note: There is no ground water source (Bore well) at project site.

Grab Samples were collected once during the study period in March to May 2018. Physico-chemical and microbiological parameters relevant for different water uses have been analyzed to establish the baseline status of surface water and ground water resources in the study area. Methods as per IS and APHA were adopted for analysis of these parameters

The SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) for sampling prepared based on sampling protocol specified in the “Guidelines for Water Quality Management”. January 2008 of CPCB was followed for sampling, preservation, and transport of samples to the lab.

Quantity of sample for General Analysis: 2 liters (non-acidified).Quantity of sample for Bacteriological Analysis: 250 ml in sterilized bottles.Quantity of sample for Metals Analysis: 1000 ml acidified sample for metal analysis.

Samples were analyzed at the laboratory as per STPs (Standard Testing Procedures) based on IS and APHA methods.

The results of pond waters and canal water are tabulated against CPCB tolerance limits for Class B - Outdoor bathing based on information provided by villagers regarding use. Bore well water results are also tabulated against CPCB tolerance limits for Class B - Outdoor bathing and other uses.

The results of reservoir water used as drinking water source are tabulated against IS 10500: 2012 (Drinking water std.) annexed as Annexure-3.2.

Surface and ground water quality is given in Table 3-19 to Table-3-20.




Table 3-19: Surface water quality

Parameters SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7Classification of Inland Surface Water (IS 2296:1982)*

A B C D E

pH 7.5 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.4 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5Temperature (°C) 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 NA NA NA NA NAColour (CU) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 10 300 300 NA NAOdour AG AG AG AG AG AG AG UO NA NA NA NATurbidity(NTU) 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.6 NA NA NA NA NATotal Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 478 338 351 530 312 239 342 500 NA 1500 NA 2100Electric Conductivity (ms/cm) 0.78 0.54 0.54 0.81 0.49 0.39 0.54 NA NA NA 1000 2250Oil & Grease (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 NA NA 0.1 0.1 NACOD (mg/l) 40 12 12 20 10 18 8 NA NA NA NA NABOD (mg/l) 13 5 <2 8 <2 <2 <2 2 3 3 NA NADO (mg/l) 4.4 4.9 5.2 4.3 5.3 4.9 5.6 6 5 4 4 NAPhenolic compound (mg/l) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.002 0.005 0.005 NA NATotal Alkalinity (mg/l) 180 103 112 136 97 88 123 NA NA NA NA NATotal Hardness (mg/l) 192 142 86 200 86 96 142 300 NA NA NA NACalcium (mg/l) 44 42 26 50 26 22 43 200 NA NA NA NAMagnesium (mg/l) 20 9 5 18 5 10 8 100 NA NA NA NAChloride (mg/l) 112 110 128 145 106 54 80 250 NA 600 NA 600Nitrate (mg/l) 12 6 12 12 4 8 5 20 NA 50 NA NASulphate (mg/l) 24 10 14 21 3 18 22 400 NA 400 NA 1000Phosphate (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 NA NA NA NA NAFluoride (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 NA NASodium (mg/l) 78 55 64 126 76 40 50 NA NA NA NA NAPotassium (mg/l) 10 7 4 14 3 6 7 NA NA NA NA NAIron (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3 NA 50 NA NAManganese (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.5 NA NA NA NACyanide (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 0.05 0.05 NA NACopper (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NANickel (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 NA NA NA NA NALead (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NAZinc (mg/l) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 15 NA 15 NA NAChromium (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 NA NA 0.05 NA NATotal Coliform (MPN/100ml) 350 26 10 26 10 10 17 50 500 5000 NA NAFecal Coliform (MPN/100ml) 60 8 Ab 7 Ab Ab 4 NA NA NA NA NANote: NR= No relaxation, NS= Not Specified, AG= Agreeable, Ab= Absent *All in mg/lit except Temp., pH, Turbidity, colour, odour, Electric Conductivity (EC)




Classification of Inland Surface Water (IS 2296:1982)*:

Classification Type of useClass A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfectionClass B Outdoor bathingClass C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection. Class D Fish culture and wild life propagationClass E Irrigation, industrial cooling or controlled waste disposal

Table 3-20: Ground Water Quality (not used as drinking water sources)

ParametersGW01 GW02 GW03 GW04 GW05 GW06 GW07 GW08 IS 10500:2012

Rajpipla Chokdi Sarangpur Motali Jitali Garden city Kapodara Umarwada Ankleshwar Desirable Permissible

pH 7.18 7.72 7.17 7.21 7.25 7.61 7.54 7.68 6.5-8.5 NRTemperature (°C) 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 NS NSColour(CU) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15Odour AG AG AG AG AG AG AG AG Agreeable AgreeableTurbidity(NTU) 0.40 0.10 0.30 0.60 0.20 0.40 0.30 0.60 1 5Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 1148 1296 1268 1278 1125 1202 942 1061 500 2000Electric Conductivity (ms/cm) 1.79 2.03 1.98 2.01 1.77 1.89 1.46 1.67 NS NSOil & Grease (mg/l) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 NS NSPhenolic compound (mg/l) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002Total Alkalinity(mg/l) 87 104 88 80 106 112 112 96 200 600Total Hardness(mg/l) 492 600 516 528 460 480 320 400 200 600Calcium(mg/l) 144 176 152 178 153 160 112 120 75 200Magnesium(mg/l) 32 39 33 20 19 19 10 24 30 100Chloride(mg/l) 507 546 578 602 485 564 398 436 250 1000Nitrate(mg/l) 4 14 20 11 3 2 12 2 45 NRSulphate(mg/l) 152 178 121 113 119 99 78 145 200 400Phosphate(mg/l) 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.1 NS NSFluoride(mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1 1.5Sodium(mg/l) 198 210 224 246 209 236 194 197 NS NSPotassium(mg/l) 21 19 17 11 22 2 26 20 NS NSIron(mg/l) 0.2 0.1 0 0.2 0 0.1 0.1 0 0.3 NRManganese(mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3Cyanide(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 NR




ParametersGW01 GW02 GW03 GW04 GW05 GW06 GW07 GW08 IS 10500:2012

Rajpipla Chokdi Sarangpur Motali Jitali Garden city Kapodara Umarwada Ankleshwar Desirable Permissible

Copper(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 1.5Nickel(mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 NRLead(mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 NRZinc(mg/l) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 5 15Chromium(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 NRTotal Coliform(MPN/100ml) <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

Absent in 100 ml sampleFecal Coliform(MPN/100ml) <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2Note: NR= No relaxation, NS= Not Specified, AG= Agreeable, Ab= Absent *All in mg/lit except Temp., pH, Turbidity, colour, odour, Electric Conductivity (EC)


Description of the environment


3.10 Soil Environment

The soil samples were collected from 4 different locations once during the study period in the study area presented in Table 3-21.

Table 3-21: Soil Sampling Location Details

Stn. Code Location

SS1 MotaliSS2 Garden citySS3 GadkholSS4 Bakrol

At each sampling site, samples were collected at a depth of 0 – 20 cm and mixed together to form composite sample. Large stones, gravels and plant roots, were removed from soil.

Physico-Chemical characteristics of soil samples were determined from 5% leachate of the samples. Standard procedures were followed for analysis. The results of physico-chemical analysis of soil samples are presented in Table 3-22.

Table 3-22: Chemical characteristics of soil

Parameters Unit SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4Motali Garden city Gadkhol Bakrol

Texture Sandy Clay Clay Sandy Clay ClaySand % 33 33 42 43Silt % 22 25 18 26Clay % 45 44 40 31Bulk Density (BD) gm/cm3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.4Water Holding Capacity (WHC) % 40 34 41 38pH 5% Slurry 7.46 8.00 7.55 7.37Conductivity (EC) ms/cm 1.32 1.44 1.34 1.40CEC meq/100gm 27.2 29.3 26.9 32.4Organic Matter % 0.54 0.51 0.49 0.46Organic Carbon % 0.63 0.77 0.65 0.71Sodium as Na mg/kg 86 95 82 91Zinc as Zn mg/kg <5 <5 <5 <5Copper as Cu mg/kg <5 <5 <5 <5Manganese as Mn mg/kg 12 7 16 6Iron as Fe mg/kg 18 22 16 21Nitrogen as N mg/kg 132 118 123 129Phosphorus as P mg/kg 25 23 19 21Potassium as K mg/kg 96 83 88 92

3.11 Ecology and Biodiversity

Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area. Identifying, measuring, and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The Biodiversity assessment generally concern with, conducting biodiversity inventories; for assessing existing biodiversity. This provides the information on the biodiversity richness of the area under consideration. The selection of indicators differs for biodiversity monitoring as per the output required. Various criteria have been developed for selection of indicators, taking into account biological as well as logistical aspects (Noss, 1990, UNEP, 1992).

is the work done to collect and interpret information on the biodiversity values occurring at a site, their current condition, and trends before a project commences. The biodiversity baseline study




plays important roles in supporting the assessment of impacts and risks of a project, applying the biodiversity mitigation hierarchy, and designing the long-term biodiversity monitoring program (if one is required). Biodiversity risks, management requirements, and information needs will vary according to the project, and therefore the biodiversity baseline study should be proportional and specific to the anticipated risk and significance of impacts from the project (Gullison, . 2015). This report is based on information collected through baseline field-based assessment to describe the biodiversity values present in the baseline study area of 10 km radius.

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention and the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) recognize, impact assessment as an important tool for helping to ensure that development is planned and implemented with biodiversity in mind. The CBD requests Parties to apply impact assessment to projects, programmes, plans and policies with a potential negative impact assessment on biodiversity.

Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at Curitiba, Brazil on March 20th -31st ,2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by providing voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD provides a strong international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that biodiversity is addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An underlying justification for the application of impact assessment is also given in Article -8 which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems, natural habitats, promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to the protected areas.

Biological Diversity

The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio diversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years. Technically, it is a contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2 Use of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems". In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or 'Life on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996).

The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural processes. The vast array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is for our self-interest and also for the future generation.

Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to ensure that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in development planning. Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a major part to play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental planning and management. Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA process and summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain and evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals.

Environmental impact assessments have become an integral part of development projects in India ever since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic development. Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data is essential for the impact prediction, yet biodiversity




is often inadequately addressed. There is a growing recognition of the need of biodiversity considerations in environmental impact assessments. Important barriers to the incorporation of biodiversity in impact assessment include low priority for biodiversity and limitations in one or more of the following areas: capacity to carry out the assessments; awareness of biodiversity values; adequate data; and post-project monitoring.

Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information on biodiversity profiles of the area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of the baseline studies of EIA. In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-requisite for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the Biodiversity practitioners should be their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity surveys may sometimes recognized as the actual value additions in terms of new records or a new data base but are more often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information base.

The baseline study area encompasses the geographic area of anticipated project activities and impacts -- the project area of influence. The baseline study for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial environment of the study area was carried out with in 10 km radius from, proposed expansion of the syntheticorganic chemical industry of. M/s. Meghmani Organics Ltd. located at Plot No: 5001/B, 5027, 5030-34 & 5037, 4707/B&P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, District Bharuch, Gujarat was conducted during 5th February and 23rd June, 2020

For purpose of Environment Impact assessment (EIA) studies, the term biodiversity survey defines collection of spatial and or temporal data about spices/ community or a habitat. The information from the survey provides a snap shot of presence or absence and spatial distribution of important species .In EIA studies the survey data are used to evaluate the ecological resources on a site and its immediate surroundings, which is then assessed orevaluated. Impacts are consider in respect to this resources and assessed for significance.

The primary objective of the present survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study area. Survey conducted for EIA studies aimed to provide information on the following.

What species and habitat occur in the project site and surroundings?

Whether any threatened flora and fauna occur in the study area? If so, where do they occur?

Extrapolation and prediction techniques were used to limit the number of sites to be assessed. The knowledge of species habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation etc. were used to predict species occurrence.

This Extrapolation assessment Programme conducts preliminary for the assessment of biological value of poorly known area. The biological value of an area can be characterized by the species richness, degree of spices endemism, uniqueness of the ecosystem and magnitude of threats of extinction. This Rapid biodiversity assessment were undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from satellite imaginary (Google Earth) and conducting the field survey in the potential habitats. GPS was utilized for locating field sample plots as well as gathering positional attributes of sighted flora and faunal species.

For Floral survey, sample plots have been randomly distributed across the suitable stratum within 10 km radius of project site. Tree species were sampled using 10mx10m or 5mx5m plots depending upon the stratum variability on the ground and tree species occurrence. For sampling shrub species, two plots of size of 5 meter x 5 meter at two opposite corner of tree plots or the same 5meter X 5meter plot of tree plots were taken. For herbaceous plant five plots of 1meter x 1 meter at four corners of tree plots and one at centre

The methodology adopted for faunal survey involve; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot




prints and review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commencement of project activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The threat status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN category system.

Monitoring all species was not clearly feasible. Therefore the most commonly used species based attributes of habitat composition are species presences or absences, abundance of typical species or vegetation communities, and the distribution (range) of a species/ species.

The simplest target for a species is that its presence at the site or at defined location within the surrounding of it is maintained. This normally straightforward to monitor, but there are occasions, when difficulties may arise:, especially when the species that are inconspicuous, difficult to identify or rare, or those that inhabit in inaccessible areas. The distribution (range) of a species across a site can be monitored by assessing presence –absence across a number of locations (grids)

The most commonly collected data during biological baseline survey are Nominal and Ordinal. In nominal survey, each survey location was assigned predefined category, species are recorded as being present or absent at allocation or a habitat. In ordinal survey, this is an extension of nominal data in which categories are ordered. Here the abundance of a Flora species at a location (study area) is classified in an ordered scale as per their occurrence in quadrates studied such as Rare, Occasional or – the co-called DAFOR scale. (David Hill , 2005)

While abundance of a fauna species at a location (study area) is classified in an ordered scale as per their occurrence/ opportunistic sighting during the study period as :VCom: Very common, Com: Common, LCom:Locally common, UnCom: Un Common and Rar; Rare.

The project site is located in an industrial plot in Ankleshwar, GIDC in Bharuch district, being in already developed industrial area of GIDC, not much natural vegetation is existing in the project site and surroundings except plantation as a part of green belt of surrounding industries and very limited road side plantation.

Topography of the region was characterized by mainly agricultural fields. The unused landscape like Guacher land other and barren lands were covered with shrubs like The tree density is more along the border of agriculture fields and road side. The trees are not uniformly distributed. The trees are dominated by ,

Amlakhadi:

Amlakhadi is a natural drain originates from overflow of Irrigation Canal passing nearby Kapodra village in Ankleshwar Taluka. It flows alongside Bhadkodra, Piraman, Ankleshwar, and meets to estuary of river Narmada near village Pungam. Though there is no perennial source of fresh water influx in to this natural drain, it flows all-round the year because of various domestic outfalls from Ankleshwar Nagarpalika and surroundings. Earlier industrial effluents from industrial estates of Ankleshwar, Panoli & Jhagadia were conveyed to Amlakhadi for its ultimate disposal in to estuary of river Narmada. After commissioning of the onshore & offshore effluent




conveyance pipeline in the year 2006 to discharge industrial effluents of all the three industrial estates into deep sea, there is no regular discharge of industrial effluent in to Amlakhadi as per River action Plan of GPCB . Now the major source of contamination in Amlakhadi is various domestic sewage outlets.

Most of the agriculture fileds are with out any crop during study period

Eucalyptus plantation practiced in many localities




General pattern of land use in this area agirculture fields with widely sapced farm land plantation

Peacock observed at Sardarpura village

one of the dominant shrub observed in this region

Amlakhadi a small stream flowing through study area

The objective this floral inventory of the study area, is to provide necessary information on floristic structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelation ship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The following account of floral inventory has been, based on the field survey conducted for a short duration in the February and June , 2020, is not very comprehensive data and is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region observed during the study period as a baseline data in absence of available secondary data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to the occurrence of such species, would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to protect such species from extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation. These type of floristic study is an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity.

The vegetation of this area can be classified on the basis of habitats as; agriculture land on adjoin water logged region, open fallow lands, and Scrub vegetation. The tree species, herbs, shrubs, climbers and major crops, observed during the biological survey conducted are systematically documented. The list of floral species documented are enlisted in below table.

The tree population is widely spaced in this part of Bharuch district especially along the hedges of agriculture fields, along the road sides and out skirt of villages. The tree species observed in the study area are enlisted in the table #1. The dominant trees in the study area were, Khijado) , (Limbado),

(Gorasmli L. (Tad), (Gaulmor),




(Sonmukhi), and various sps. Eucalyptus plantation is practised in agriculture fields at few localities especially at Samor Village, Kasiya Village, Uchhali village in the study area.

Shrubs are the dominant perennials of this area, represented mainly by,

. The shrub species observed in the study area are documented in the table 3-24.

The low lying area along the fringes of agriculture lands were dominated by thick ground cover of herbaceous species; ,

Tree species enlisted from the study area is given in the table 3-23. 58 trees belong to 22 families are enlisted from the study area.

Table 3-23: Trees in the study area

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

Relative abundance in sampling

plots1 Anacardiaceae

L. Keri O2 Annonaceae

(Sonn.) Thw. Asopalav O3 Apocynaceae

L. Champo O(L.) R. Br. Saptparni O

4 ArecaceaeL. Tad A

L. Nariel OL. Tadi R

(Kunth) O.F. Cook Bottle palm R5 Begnoniaceae

P. African tulip O(Bertol.) DC R

(L.) Yellow bell R(Jacq.) Merr Tabudiyo O

Boraginaceae(Forssk.) Nana Gunda,

GundiF

L., Gunda, O7 Caricaceae

L. Papaya O8 Casuarinaceae

L. Sharu F9 Combretaceae

L. Badam O(Roxb. ex DC.) Dhavdo O

10 Fabaceae ( Sub Family Caesalpinioideae)Lam., Kanchnar O

L. Garmalo RL Pink cassia O

(Boj. ex Hook.) Rafin., Gulmohar O(DC.) Backer ex Heyne Tamrafali F

(Lam.) Irwin & Barneby Kasid O




L., Amali A11 Fabaceae (Sub Family Mimosoidea)

(Roxb.ex Rottl.) Willd. Khair O(Roxb) Willd. Hermobaval O

(L.) Del.subsp.indica (Bth.) Brenan Baval F(L.) Willd. Goradiobaval F(L.) Bth. Siris F(Roxb.) Bth. Kalo siris F

Meisner Powrdepuff O(Lam.) De Pardesi Baval O

(Roxb.) Bth. Gorasamli D(L.) Druce Khijado D

(Sw.) DC Gandobaval D( Benth. ) P L. Austrianbaval F

12 Fabaceae ( Sub family Papiloniodeae)Roxb., Corom Sisam O

Roxb. Motosisam R(L.) Pierre, Pangaro O

13 Malvaceae(L.) Soland ex Corr. Paras piplo F

14 MeliaceaeA.Juss Limdo D

L. Bakanlimdo O15 Moraceae

L. Vad FL. Umaro O

L. Piplo F16 Moringaceae

Gaertn., Fruct Saragvo F17 Myrtaceae

( Bottle brush ONilgari AJambu O

18 SalvadoraceaeL. Piludi A

19 Sapotaceae(Koenig) Macbr. var. latifolia Mahudo R(Roxb.) Rayan R

(L.) Chikku O20 Simaroubaceae

Roxb. Arduso A21 Rhamnaceae

Heyne ex Roth. Bor FLam Bor F

VerbenaceaeL.f. Sag O

Rare, Occasional or – the co-called DAFOR scale. (David Hill , 2005)

Shrubs encountered during the present survey are given in the Table 3-24. 41 shrubs belong to 18 families are enumerated from the study area,

Table 3-24: List of the shrubs in the study area

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

Relative abundance in

sampling plots1 Agavaceae

L. - R




2 Asclepiadaceae(Ait.) R.Br Akado A(L.) R. Br Akado F

3 Apocynaceae(Pers.) Merrill Pilikaren A

L Karen OBalanitaceae

(L.) Del. Ingorio DBignoniaceae

(L.) H.B.& K. Peilafol O6 Capparaceae

(Forsk.) Edgew Kerdo F7 Convolvulaceae

Jack. ssp. fistulosa Nasarmo A8 Euphorbiaceae

Thor ORatanjot OPardesidevalo ODevalo R

Fabaceae ( Sub famil : Caesalpinioidea(L.) Galtora O

(L.) Roxb., Pataval FL Aval A

L. Kasundri FFabaceae (Sub Family Mimosoidea)

Bth, in Hk Rtobhavl AL. Mor Dhun-Dhiyu A

Kai Baval DDC Gando baval D

11 LabiataeL Tulsi F

Chodharo F12 Lythraceae

L. Mendi F13 Malvaceae

Wall. ex Wight & Arn. var. grandiflorus

(L.) Bhindi OJangali bhindi O

(L.) Sweet,. Khapat FL. Kapas OL., , var. Jasund O

(L.) Pardeshi bhindo FL., Sp., ssp. ; Vagadau bhindo F

NyctaginaceaeWilld. Bougainvel O

15 Poaceae/Graminae(Roxb.) Narvans F

16 RhamnaceaeLam. - Bor F(Burm.f.) W.&. Chanibor O

17 SolanaceaeL. Ganthovala FL., Ringna O

L., O18 Verbenaceae

Ganthai AL., Nagod O

Rare, Occasional or – the co-called DAFOR scale. (David Hill , 2005)




The herbs observed in this region are given in the table#3. The ground cover is almost dried up during the sampling period except in the water logged region along the fringes of agriculture fields and water logged region of road side. 64 species of herbs belongs to 28 families are documented from the study area. This list is obviously incomplete as the herbaceous species, mainly annuals that generally sprout up in monsoon season and perish before the onset of winter were not observed during the study conducted during April, 2018.

Table 3-25: List of herbaceous species observed in the study area

Family & Scientific name Vernacular nameRelative

abundance in sampling plots

ACANTHACEAE(Buch.-Ham.) M. R. Akaro A

AIZOACEAE(L.) L. - O

ALISMATACEAE(L.) Miq., R

L., RAMARANTHACEAE

L. Sonar FL., Rajgaro F

L., O(L.) Juss. ex Schult., Gorakhganjo A

(Regel) ALambdi F

ASTERACEAEL., Ajgandha F

DC. Kapurio F

Roxb. Shulio FL., A

HBK FL Galgoto R

L., Pardesi bhangro AKoenig in Roxb Gokhru F

ARACEAE(L.) F

BORAGINACEAE(L.) Lehm. Undha fuli A

(Burm. f. RCANNACEAE

L. OCOMMELINACEAE

Clarke FBurm. F

CONVOLVULACEAE(L.) L. Zini fudardi F

CYPERACEAEF

L. Chido FF

EUPHORBIACEAEL. Dadrjo FL. A

FABACEAE Sub family- CaesalpinioideaeL. Sundro A

L. Kuvandio AFABACEAE ( Sub family Papiloniodeae)

Hochst. ex A.Rich., FPers F




Family & Scientific name Vernacular nameRelative

abundance in sampling plots

(L.) Pers., Sarpankho FGENTIANACEAE

(L.) O.Ktze. Poyana OLAMIACEAE/ LABIATAE

(Willd.) Kubi O(L.) R.Br. R

L. Tulsi OMALVACEAE

Cav. ABurm. Bala A

L. Kantalobala AL. Bala A

MENYANTHACEAE(L.) Poyana O

MUSACEAEL. Kela O

NELUMBONACEAEGaertn., Kamal O

NYCTAGINACEAE Druce F

L. Satodi FNYMPHAEACEAE O

Hort OPAPAVERACEAE

L. OPOACEAE/GEAMINEAE

Trin A(L.) Darbh A

(Wight & Arn. ex Hook.f.) A(Retz.) Tr A

L Shredi DL Jowar F

Chaval OZea mays L., Makkai OPontederiaceae

(Mart.) Khanphutti OTILIACEAE

Stocks Bahuphali AJacq., ALam. Zipti A

TYPHACEAEL., Ghabajariu F

ZYGOPHYLACEAEL., Bethugokhru F

Relative abundance :Rare, Occasional or – the co-called DAFOR scale. (David Hill , 2005)

The climbers and twiners observed along the agricultural hedges and road side hedges of the study area is given in the table 3-26. 18 climbers/ twiners belongs to 9 families were recorded from the area




Table 3-26: List of climbers observed in the area

Family & Scientific name Vernacular name Relative abundance in sampling plots

ASCLEPIADACEAE(Forssk.) Chiov., Chamar dudheli F(Forsk.) Decne - F

CAPPARACEAEL. Kanthro O

L. kantalokanthro OCONVOLVULACEAE

Nada ni vel AA

Vad fudardi ACUCURBITACEAE

(L.) Voigt Ghiloda OO

L. Karela OGalku O

FABACEAE ( Mimoscace)(L.) kachka A

L. KachkaFABACEAE ( Sub Famiy Palillonoideae)

L., Chanothi FL var. Gokaran F

FABACEAE ( Sub family Papiloniodeae)

(L.) DC Koyli FMENISPERMACEAE

(Willd.) Miers Galo-gulvel FPASSIFLORACEAE

L., var. ; O

Almost entire cultivable lands in this part of Bharuch district is without crop during the study period and mostly prepared for the cultivation of Tuver ( Wheat ( ) Cotton (

) with the onset of monsoon. The other minor crop of this region in the south-westerly monsoon crops(kharif), Rice (Oryza ) and the post-monsoon crops (Rabi), are wheat ( , Jowar (

). The Bajra cultivation is mainly in the form of fodder. While considering the crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of the region is taken as the major crop, and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in the region either as substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop in the pattern.

Along the river side Banana is cultivated in large scale especially near Mulad village

Major Crops:

Tuver ( Wheat ( ) Cotton ( ).

Minor crops:

Minor crops practiced in this region are Rice (Oryza ) , ,Jowar ( and Makai ( L).

Sugar cane(

Vegetables:

The major vegetables grown in this region are Bhindi ( Guvar (

Karela ( and Bengan (




The major horticulture of this region is Banana ( . Few Mango orchards are also observed in this region.

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. No Rare and endangered flora is observed in the study area.

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers.

Out of 17000 species of known flowering plants of India, nearly 5000 species are said to be endemic. Nearly 58 genera and 1932 taxa are found to be endemic to peninsular India (Ahmedulla & Nayar, 1987). Among recorded plant species, none of them can assign endemic status of this region.

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians, and butterfly species, a survey had been conducted, within 10 km radius from proposed site in Ankleshwar GIDC inBharuch District. All the important habitats with respect to faunal diversity, including inland water bodies, barren lands, dense scrub land in the study area was covered during the present survey. The survey was conducted during the early hours in the morning as well as during the evening hours to document the faunal diversity of the study area.

This report is based on a short duration study conducted during February and June 2020, The following lists are obviously incomplete. It does not include many other species which might occur in this part of Bharuch District, either as resident or as migrant in the other seasons of the year.

Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of their occurrence is given in the table 3-27.

Table 3-27: Systematic List of birds in the study area with its residential status and relative abundance

Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name Status Relative abundance

I ORDER: APODIFORMESFamily: Apodidae (swifts)Common Swift Common Swift R CHouse swift Little Swift R C

II ORDER: FALCONIFORMESFamily: Accipitridae (vulture, Sparrow hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture)Shikra Shikra R UBlack-winged Kite Black-winged Kite R CIII ORDER: CICONIIFORMESFamily: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern) Cattle Egret Cattle Egret R LCPond Heron Indian Pond-Heron LC

Median or Smaller Egret Intermediate Egret R C

Little Egret Little Egret R C




Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )

Black-winged Stilt Black-winged Stilt R LC

Red-wattled Lapwing Red-wattled Lapwing R LCFamily: Phalacrocoracidae ( Cormorant

Indian Shag Indian Cormorant R U

Family: Podicipedidae (Grebe)Little Grebe Little Grebe R UFamily: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis R CIV ORDER: COLUMBIFORMESFamily: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)Blue Rock Pigeon Rock Pigeon R CRing Dove Eurasian Collared-Dove R CRufous Turtle Dove Oriental Turtle-Dove R CV : ORDER: CORACIFORMESFamily: Dacelonidae (King fishers)White breasted Kingfisher White-throated Kingfisher R UFamily: Coraciidae (Roller)BlueJay or Roller Indian Roller LCFamily: Meropidae (Bee Eater)

Small Green bee-eater Little Green Bee-eater R LC

VI. ORDER: CUCULIFORMESFamily: Centropodidae (Cocucal)

Crow-Pheasant or Coucal Greater Coucal R RFamily: Cuculidae (cuckoo, Koel)Koel Asian Koel R CIndian Drongo Cuckoo Drongo Cuckoo R LCCuckoo Common Cuckoo R RVII. ORDER: GALLIFORMESFamily: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Partridge, Quail, francolin, spur fowl, jungle fowl, Monal, )Common Peafowl Indian Peafowl R U

Grey Partridge Grey Francolin R U

VIII ORDER: PASSERIFORMESFamily: Paridae (Tit )Grey Tit Great Tit R RFamily: Corvidae

Large Cuckoo-shrike Large Cuckoo-shrike R C

Raven Common Raven R CHouse Crow House Crow R CGolden-Oriole Eurasian Golden-Oriole R UTree Pie Rufous Treepie R UFamily: Laniidae (shrike)Rufousbacked Shrike Long-tailed Shrike R UGrey Shrike Northern Shrike RFamily: Muscicapidae ( Short wing, Chat, Robin, ShamaIndian Robin Indian Robin R LCPied Bushchat Pied Bushchat R LCFamily: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flower pecker, Spider hunter )Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird R CMaroon breasted Sun bird Long-billed Sunbird R CSmall Sunbird Crimson-backed Sunbird R CFamily: Passeridae ( Avadavat,Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snowfinch, sparrow, weaver ,Accentor)House Sparrow House Sparrow R C




White Wagtail White Wagtail R UStreaked Weaver Streaked Weaver R UFamily: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul, )Red-whiskered Bulbul Red-whiskered Bulbul R URed-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul R C

Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling)

Bank Myna Bank Myna R C

Indian Myna Common Myna R CFamily: Sylviidae ( Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta ,Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor birds,

Common Babbler Common Babbler R CJungle Babbler Jungle Babbler R CTailorbird Common Tailorbird R CIX. ORDER: PSITTACIFORMESFamily: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet)Rose-ringed Parakeet Rose-ringParakeet R UX ORDER: STRIGIFORMESFamily: Strigidae (Owl and Owlet)Spotted Owlet Spotted Owlet R RNote: Distribution status R = Widespread Resident , as given by WCMCRelative Abundance :VC: Very common, C: Common, LC: Locally common, U: Un Common and R; Rare.

Butterflies in the study area are restricted to few places where and was growing especially along the hedges, near water bodies and undisturbed barren lands. Butterflies observed during the present study are documented in the below table

Table 3-28: Butterflies in the study area

S. No. Scientific name & family Common name Abundance status in study area

1 Family Papilionidae1/1 Linnaeus Common Mormon UnCom2 Family: Pieridae2/1 Linnaeus Common Grass yellow UnCom3/2 Fabricius Common Emigrant UnCom4/3 Linnaeus Mottled Emigrant LCom5/4 Cramer White orange tip LCom6/5 Ixias pyrene Linnaeus Yellow orange tip LCom2 Family: Nymphalidae7/1 Cramer Stripped Tiger UnCom8/2 Linnaeus Danaid egg fly UnCom9/3 Fabricius Common bush brown UnCom

Relative Abundance: VC: Very common, C: Common, LC: Locally common, UC: Un Common and R; Rare.

Reptiles observed in the study area are given in the table 3-29.

Table 3-29: Reptiles in the study area

# Common Name Scientific nameRelative

Aabundance1 Common garden lizard Daudin2 Indian Cobra (Linn.)3 House Gecko (Ruppell)4 Fan-Throated Lizard ( Cuvier)5 Russell’s Viper ( Shaw and Nodder)




6 Common Indian Krait ( Schneider)7 Common rat snake (Linn.)

Note sighted included Based on the information provided by the villagers during the interaction with them with the help of pictorial representation (Secondary information)

Relative Abundance :VC: Very common, C: Common, LC: Locally common, UC: Un Common and R; Rare.

The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones in the study area is documented in the table 3-30.

Table 3-30: Mammals in the study area

# Common Name Scientific name Relative Aabundance

1 Five stripped palm squirrel

Funambulus pennanii ( Wroughton) LC

2 Indian field mouse Mus booduga (Gray) C3 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi R4 Hare Lepus sp. R5 Sus scrofa (Linnaeus) Wild Boars

= Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers ,during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation.

Relative Abundance :VC: Very common, C: Common, LC: Locally common, UC: Un Common and R; Rare.

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. None of the Sighted Fauna falls under any threatened category of IUCN (2019).

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.Some of the sighted fauna/ reported were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl ( ) is included in schedule I .of Wild life protection Act (1972).

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra ( ), and Common Rat Snake ( ) were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972). Among mammals; Mongoose ), is a schedule –II mammals. and Wild Boars ( Linnaeus) are provided protection by incorporating them in schedule–III. Hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.




Table 3-31: Species provided protection as per Wild Life Protection Act-1972

Group SpeciesNearest village

Coordinates Number

ScheduleWild Life

Protection act 1972.

Birds

Amrutpura

Sardar Pura

21039’ 47.4”

73003’ 08.8”

21030’ 40.6”

730

5 Peahen1 pea cock

20 peahen3 Peacock

02’ 50.5

Schedule I

Various localities the study area

Schedule-IV

Secondary Schedule-II

Secondary Schedule-II

MammalsDadhal

21038’ 10.9”

730 1 adul03’47.1.”

Schedule-II

Many places-- >30

Schedule-IV

Wild Boars (Secondary

- Schedule-III

Endemic Fauna of the Study Area

Among the sighted animal species, none of them can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.

Status of the forest, their category in the Study Area:

No natural forest area as such was observed within the 10 km radius from project site except few scrub land of engrossed

Only one fauna that falls under the scheduled-I category was reported from the study area: Peacock or Indian peafowl ( ) .The rest of the fauna reported from the study area, falls under either in schedule-II, Schedule-III or Schedule-IV of the wild Life Protection Act 1972. Most of these species are not conservation dependent in Gujarat, and they are proliferating itself in its own habitats. Few of them like Wild boar have become threat to the farmers as they are invading their cops very frequently in this region. Hence conservation measures are not provided for these animals.




Protection Status:IUCN

National:

The species receives theoretical protection under the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, Schedule I [highest order of protection] of 1972.

Peacock or Indian peafowl ( ) is a very familiar bird of Gujarat also recognized as National Bird of India. The male peacock is predominantly blue with a fan-like crest of spatula-tipped wire-like feathers and is best known for the long train made up of elongated upper-tail; these stiff and elongated feathers are raised into a fan and quivered in a display during courtship. The female lacks these feathers.

The male, known as a peacock, is a large bird with a length from bill to tail of 100 to 115 cm (40 to 46 inches) and to the end of a fully grown train as much as 195 to 225 cm (78 to 90 inches) and weigh 4–6 kg. The females, or peahens, are smaller at around 95 cm (38 inches) in length and weigh 2.75–4 kg. Indian Peafowl are among the largest and heaviest representatives of the Phasianidae family. Their size, colour and shape of crest make them unmistakable within their native distribution range. The male is metallic blue on the crown, the feathers of the head being short and curled. The fan-shaped crest on the head is made of feathers with bare black shafts and tipped with blush-green webbing. A white stripe above the eye and a crescent shaped white patch below the eye are formed by bare white skin. The sides of the head have iridescent greenish blue feathers. The back has scaly bronze-green feathers with black and copper markings. The scapular and the wings are buff and barred in black, the primaries are chestnut and the secondaries are black. The tail is dark brown and the "train" is made up of elongated upper tail coverts (more than 200 feathers, the actual tail has only 20 feathers) and nearly all of these feathers end with an elaborate eye-spot. A few of the outer feathers lack the spot and end in a crescent shaped black tip. The underside is dark glossy green shading into blackish under the tail. The thighs are buff coloured. The male has a spur on the leg above the hind toe.

Peacocks are polygamous, and the breeding season is spread out but appears to be dependent on the rains. Several males may congregate at a lek site and these males are often closely related. Males at lek appear to




maintain small territories next to each other andthey allow females to visit them and make no attempt to guard harems. Females do not appear to favour specific males.

Peafowl are omnivorous and eat seeds, insects, fruits, and reptiles. A large percentage of their food is made up of the fallen berries .Around cultivated areas; peafowl feed on a wide range of crops such as groundnut, tomato, paddy, etc. Around human habitations, they feed on a variety of food scraps. In the countryside, it is particularly partial to crops and garden plants

The Indian Peafowl is found mainly on the ground in open scrub forest or on land under cultivation where they forage for berries, grains but will also prey on snakes, lizards, and small rodents. Their loud calls make them easy to detect, and in forest areas often indicate the presence of a predator such as a tiger. They forage on the ground in small groups and will usually try to escape on foot through undergrowth and avoid flying, though they will fly into tall trees to roost. The bird has a celebrated status in Indian mythology, and hence protected culturally in India especially in Gujarat. The Indian Peafowl is listed as Least Concern by IUCN (2019) Red data.

No peacock was sighted in the projects site. The direct sightings of the peacock were located near the agriculture lands and Barren lands in the Amrutpura village, and Sardarpura village of study area. This species is well adapted to natural village environment setting. Day time they temporarily move towards the surrounding agriculture areas for feeding while during night time they roost on the trees present in the village and in the agriculture hedges

Nearest village Coordinates Number

Amrutpura21039’ 47.4”

7305 Peahen

1 pea cock03’ 08.8”

Sardar Pura21030’ 40.6”

730

20 peahen3 Peacock02’ 50.5

No perceptible threats were identified in the villages surveyed. Village residents are against hunting or poaching of the peafowl, due to culture and mythology reasons. The only threat reported by the villagers is the stray dogs chasing these birds .Adult peafowl can usually escape ground predators by flying into trees. Foraging in groups provides some safety to them as there are more eyes to look out for predators

Habitat improvement programme will be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree species in the surrounding villages. While selecting the tree/ shrub species care shall be provided for beery plants whichattract these birds. This tree will provide the shelters for these birds while escaping from the predators During summer period, villagers will be encouraged to use the old earthen pots to fill with water for drinking these birdsSummer is the time when these birds are facing shortage of feeds, there by supplying the feed like Bajri, Juwar, Maize to the identified surrounding villages with good population of Indian peafowls will suffix the problem of food shortage. The proponent can directly supply these feed to the villages directly or by funding to the NGOs active in this mission.




3.12 RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Greenbelts are an effective mode of control of air pollution, where green plants form a surface capable of absorbing air pollutants and forming a sink of pollutants. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, absorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce pollutant concentration in the ambient air. Often the adsorbed pollutants are incorporated in the metabolic pathway and the air is purified. Plants grown to function as pollution sink are collectively referred as greenbelts.

An important aspect of a greenbelt is that the plants are living organism with their varied tolerance limit towards the air pollutants. A green belt is effective as a pollutant sink only within the tolerance limit of constituent plants. Planting few, known pollutant sensitive species along with the tolerant species within a green belt however, do carry out an important function of indicator species.

Company has developed greenbelt in 40% area of the plot area or outside the premises; details are given in . The maintenance of the existing developed greenbelt will be carrying out by the unit. Furthermore the unit is

planning to develop tress in the GIDC land adjacent to plant area and roadside area. Yearly tree plantation planning for five year is given in

Table 3-32 : Yearly plan for greenbelt development in GIDC area

DescriptionBy the end

of 2020By the end

of 2021By the end

of 2022By the end

of 2023By the end

of 2024Total

No. of treesMaintenance and

development100* 100* 100* 100* 100* 500

*The expected survival rate of tress is 80 – 85%. Therefore actual tree planted will be 500 tress. Thus, after the end of five years, approximately 400 trees will get survived.

The trees having high canopy based on its availability as listed in shall be selected and planted in the GIDC area.

Yearly Fund allocation for Conservation plan:

Conservation measures Proposed Conservation measures Yearly allocation in Indian

RupeesConservation through Habitat Improvement

Plantation of suitable tree species in the surrounding villages.

Part of Green belt fund allocation

supplying the feed like Bajri, Juwar, Maize to the identified surrounding villages

20,000/-

Selection of plants for Greenbelts:

The main limitation for plants to function as scavenger of pollutants are, plant’s interaction to air pollutants, sensitivity to pollutants, climatic conditions and soil characteristics. While making choice of plants species for cultivation in green belts, due consideration has to be given to the natural factor of bio- climate. Xerophytes plants are not necessarily good for greenbelts; they with their sunken stomata can withstand pollution by avoidance but are poor absorber of pollutants.

Character of plants mainly considered for affecting absorption of pollutant gases and removal of dust particle are as follows.

For absorption of Gases:

1) Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentration, that are not too high to be instantaneously lethal




2) Longer duration of foliage3) Freely exposed foliage 4) Adequate height of crown5) Openness of foliage in canopy6) Big leaves( long and broad laminar surface)7) Large number of stomatal apertures

For Removal of Suspended Particular matter

1. Height and spread of crown.2. Leaves supported on firm petiole3. Abundance of surface on bark and foliage4. Roughness of bark5. Abundance of axillary hairs6. Hairs or scales on laminar surface7. Protected Stomata

Table 3-33: Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development along the Boundary of as a wind barrier as well as to prevent dust pollution:

PLANT SPECIES HABIT TOLERANCE LIMIT

STOMATAL INDEX

MODE OFREGENERATION

Tree Tolerant 10.9 SeedsShrub T 12.01 Seeds Tree T 13.01 Seeds, shoot, root

cuttingsTree T 15.23 seedsTree T 29.2 SeedsShrub T 32.53 CuttingSmall tree T 127.49 SeedsTree T seedsTree T 21.2 Seeds

(Gulmohur) Tree Sensitive 14.38 Seeds /stem cuttingSmall tree T 23.32 stem cuttingSmall tree T 12.90 SeedsTree S 30.77 Seeds/

budding/graftingTree T Seeds /stem cuttingShrub T 15.7 CuttingTree T 16.78 SeedsTree Sensitive 22.27 seddsTree T 18.1 Seeds/root suckersShrub T 23.08 Seeds/ cuttingsTree T 20.9 seedsTree T 29.81 Seeds/ cuttingsShrub T 27.8 Seeds

T: Tolerant S- sensitive, (--) =Not available Sources: CPCB (March, 2000) Guidelines for developing green belts PROBES/75/1999-2000

Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project site, etc. can be planted with flowering trees. Trees can be planted to increase aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads. The selected plant species list is given for Roadside plantation.




Table 3-34: Species for Plantation along the roadside

Sr. No. Based on Color Sr. No. Based on Color

Yellow Flowered Trees

1. Acacia auriculaeformis 10. Erythrina parcelli

2. Acacia baileyana 11. Laburnum anagyroides

3. Acacia dealbata 12. Michelia champaca

4. Acacia decurrens 13. Parkinsonia aculeata

5. Acacia implexa 14. Peltophorum pterocarpum

6. Anthocephalus chinensis 15. Pterocarpus dalbergioides

7. Bauhinia tomentosa 16. Schizolobium excelsum

8. Cassia calliantha 17. Tabebuia spectabillis

9. Cassia fistula 18. Thespesia populnea

Red Flowered Trees

1. Brownea grandiceps 5. Saraca asoca

2. Erythrina blakei 6. Spathodea campanulata

3. Erythrina laurifolia 7. Wrightia coccinea

4. Erythrina variegate 8.

Scarlet Flowered Trees

1. Barringtonia acutangula 5. Callistemon lanceolatus

2. Brassia actinophylla 6. Delonix regia

3. Brownea coccinea 7. Stenocarpus sinuatus

4. Butea monosperma

Pink Flowered Trees

1. Bauhinia purpurea 5. Hibiscus collinus

2. Cassia javanica 6. Kleinhovia hospital

3. Cassia nodosa (Red) 7. Lagerstroemia speciosa

4. Cassia renigera

Blue Flowered Trees

1. Bolusanthus speciosus

2. Jacaranda acutifolia

White Flowered Trees

1. Albizia lebbeck 8. Millingtonia hortensis

2. Bauhinia acuminate 9. Mimusops elengi

3. Calophyllum inophyllum 10. Plumeria alba

4. Kydia calycina

5. Magnolia grandiflora

6. Magnolia pterocarpa

7. Mesua ferrea




Table 3-35: List of Suitable Ornamental Climbers/ shrubs as plantation inside the garden and open spaces between different unit

Family Scientific name Common English name Flowering season

Bignoniaceae Golden shower Jan-Feb

Trumpet Flower March-April

Cat’s claw April

Handsome flower March April

Yellow bell Throughout the year

Trumpet vine Throughout the year

Caesalpiniaceae Peacock flower April-June

Rubiaceae

Scarlet Ixora Throughout the year

Pink Ixora Aug-Sept

Small Flowered Ixora March-April

Brarded Ixora April-May

Yellow Ixora Throughout the year

Euphorbiaceae Christmas Flower Dec-Jan

Apocynaceae Trumpet Flower Throughout the year

- April-June

Oleander Throughout the year

Periwinkle

Malvaceae Changeable rose September-October

Coral Hibiscus April-September

Chinese Rose Throughout the year

Nyctaginaceae Throughout the yearWith seasonal bloom

Guidelines for plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development can be planted using pitting technique. Width of the green belt in the available land area, may prove difficult for many industries in GIDC, to attain as per regulations for one or more reasons. Hence it can be decided to have green belt in places available around the industry (source oriented plantation) as well as around the nearby habituated area (receptors oriented plantation).

The choice of plants for green belt should include shrubs and trees. The intermixing of trees and shrubs should be such that the foliage area density in vertical is almost uniform.

The pit size has to be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm. Bigger pit size will be considered at marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil has to be completed at least 5-10 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should be planted in each pit with the commencement of monsoon.

Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI)

Air pollution tolerance index (APTI) was calculated by analysing the biochemical parameters of leaf, namely pH, ascorbic acid (AA), relative water content (RWC) and total chlorophyll (TChl) by following standard procedure.

The air pollution tolerance index (APTI) values calculated for each plant species in different zones




The APTI range was divided as four grades of air pollution tolerance referring to Liu et al. (2008) as tolerant (T or grade I), moderately tolerant (MT or grade II), intermediate (I or grade III), and sensitive (S).

The tolerance grades were defined as follows:

(1) Tolerant: APTI > mean APTI+SD

(2) Moderately tolerant: mean APTI<APTI<mean APTI+SD

(3) Intermediate: mean APTI-SD<APTI<mean APTI

(4) Sensitive: APTI < mean APTI-SD

Based on the APTI value the plants were conveniently grouped as follows (Kalyani and Singaracharya, 1995).

APTI Value response

Tolerant - 30 to 100

Intermediate - 29 to 17

Sensitive - 16 to 1 and

Very sensitive - <1

Table 3-36: Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) of the certain plant species based on available thepublished literature

Name of the plant Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) APTI Value response

15 Sensitive 18.23 Intermediate12.43 Sensitive 9.9 Sensitive6.6 Sensitive32, 32.5, Tolerant8.90 Sensitive10 Sensitive10.49 Sensitive27.5,30.5 Intermediate10.13 Sensitive20.97, 30 Intermediate8.9 Sensitive13.4 Sensitive28 Intermediate14.12 Sensitive14.82-16.87 Intermediate18.10, 15.70 Sensitive27 Sensitive12.27-14.12 Sensitive21.8 Intermediate10.8 Sensitive13.99, 12.6 Sensitive9.81 Sensitive16.57 Intermediate

spp 18.0 -18.9 Intermediate25.77, 18.15, 22.67 Intermediate19.89,19 Intermediate8.8 Sensitive9.50 Sensitive




7.6- 7.92 , Sensitive9.0 Sensitive11.1 -11.81 Sensitive19,14.38 Intermediate20.80, 21.92 Intermediate16.16 Sensitive19.61 Sensitive6.66 Sensitive12 Sensitive18.94, 16.65 Intermediate6.81-8.43 Sensitive24 Intermediate7.90 Sensitive6.57-10.22 Sensitive21.45 Intermediate7.49 Sensitive9.66 Sensitive20.41, 9.92 Intermediate

Tamarindus indica 19.72, Intermediate9.26 Sensitive12.43 Sensitive9.52 Sensitive5.5 Sensitive9.94 Sensitive

3.13 Socioeconomic

Objective

Socio economic study has been carried out to assess the possible impact on surrounding from the project site. On the basis of assessment one can also provide mitigation measures for that.

In addition, socio economic study also provides direction for the CER activities and gives clear picture about the areas of intervention for the improvement by CER activities to the project proponent. Socio economic study also provides opportunity to compare data with one another and identify gap in the source data.

Methodology

The study was conducted into three parts as under:

Primary Survey: The project site is within the premises and construction work has not yet started with respect to proposed plant, the Social Impact Assessment (primary survey) was done by having detailed discussion with the proponent and villagers in surrounding villages coming under core area using QFSIA Format.

Secondary Survey: Secondary data analysis of socio- economic census data (secondary survey) by referring 2011 census data and web portal like . It is to be noted that in the absence of village amenities data for 2011, the exact status of amenities are confirmed by respective village /town panchayat office for the villages/towns coming in the radial distance of 10 km and the talukas and district amenities status were taken from census 2001 using QFSE Format.

Planning of Social Development Program under CER (Primary Survey) planning done on the basis of primary survey and secondary data analysis. Major Focus area of intervention through CER activities has been identified on the basis of primary data and secondary data analysis.

Outcomes of Socio economic study

The major finding of this analysis includes (a) Social Impact Assessment, (b) Demographic Analysis and (c) Planning Corporate Social Responsibility activities. The details are as described following sub-heads.




Primary Survey

Direct observation at project site was done and discussion with company’s representative (Project manager and EHS manager).

Focus Group Discussion (FGD), one to one interaction with villagers in sample villages of study area. The result of discussions and FGD is given in summarized point.

The following observations were made while discussing with the villagers through focus group discussion and reviewing CER activity and using QFSIA format:

(a). General Field Observation

Project Site located in Industrial Estate of Ankleshwar.Total 42 villages under 10 km radius area from project site.Since the villages are at least 1km away from the project site, therefore neither villages nor any part of village or any hamlet will be disturbed during the entire life of the project. As the project operations will not disturb or relocate any village or settlement, no adverse impact is anticipated on any humansettlement.As the proposed site determine to acquire effective environ management plan and it will have adequate waste management plan; surrounding villages will not affect with noise pollution and hazardous waste. Some of the villages have good facilities like R.O water plant, cattle breeding center, Sewing machine center, etc. in surrounding villages from project site. These all happen only because of CER initiatives taken by various private limited. These need to be continuing over the years only then villages people standard of living can be raised, but now more important is to find the needful area in which CERactivities intervention brings change.

(b). Occupational Pattern

Table 3-37: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population

Major Occupational Pattern(No. Of Population engaged in)

Sr.No. Sample Villages Populati

onCultivator/Farmer

Agriculture Laborer Household Other

worker

1. Jitali 4225 126 642 34 5822. Ankleshwar 89457 390 689 291 291823. Sarangpore 16671 78 468 123 52364. Gadkhol 25332 99 265 196 87935. Bhadkodara 13233 53 96 27 41106. Kapodara 4512 113 237 52 11337. Kosambdi 12287 297 275 57 35358. Uchhali 895 49 178 0 709. Ankleshwar

GIDC 24789 41 34 31 8108

10. Bakrol 1591 81 81 16 37611. Piraman 2358 20 23 3 115812. Amrutpura 943 38 147 2 6513. Motali 895 67 187 1 9214. Konth 4562 102 551 12 89815. Divi 581 48 126 0 3616. Sanjali 5344 21 156 6 269217. Kharachi 1068 89 116 1 19118. Bhadi 2831 181 321 2 36419. Avadar 1333 82 33 5 241




20. Panoli (INA) 836 0 0 14 324Total 213743 1975 4625 873 67186

Table 3-38: Summary of occupational pattern (The average no. of workers on the basis of above table)

In 5 km radius area avg. occupational

pattern

Avg. Cultivator Avg. Agri Labour Avg. Household Avg. Other Worker

0.9 2.16 0.4 34.4

According to villages stake holder in each of hundred villagers there is only few villagers engaged in any kind of economic activities and may be important intervention in which project proponent can interfere and increase families’ income by engaging more work force in their project site.

CSR recommendation:

There is still large number of people engage in cultivation, and agriculture so, project proponent can spread scientific methods in farming amongst farmer, also can address problem related to irrigation water by educating them for rain water harvesting, so farmers can increase their per hector crop production, and can sustain their farming.

There is many people earned additional income by animal husbandry; this percentage can increase by certain intervention like spreading benefits of this business, also helping those families who are already in this field in increasing quality of milk etc. There is one village having cattle breeding centre, this number can increase with the intervention of project proponent with the contribution of villagers.

(c). Social Education Amenities

Table 3-39: Social education amenities of the study area

Sr. No. Villages 1 to 5KM 5 to 10 KM 10 Above

PS HS HSS C I PS

HS

HSS

C I PS HS HSS C I

1. Jitali 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

2. Ankleshwar 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3. Sarangpore 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4. Gadkhol 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5. Bhadkodara 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6. Kapodara 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7. Kosambdi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

8. Uchhali 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

9.Ankleshwar GIDC 1

1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10. Bakrol 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

11. Piraman 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12. Amrutpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

13. Motali 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

14. Konth 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

15. Divi 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

16. Sanjali 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

17. Kharachi 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

18. Bhadi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1




19. Avadar 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

20. Panoli (INA) 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

Total no. of villages 20 16 8 8 8 0 4 11 11 11 0 0 1 1 1

All the villages have the facility of Primary school under the government “Sarva Siksha Abhiyan” Scheme.16 villages have the secondary school and 8 villages have the higher secondary school within 5km area which may help to maintain lower percentage of drop out students during their schooling.Out of total 20 villages 08 villages have the facility of college and 08 villages have the facility of ITI within 5km area.

(d). Health Facilities

Table 3-40: Health facilities of the study area

Sr. No. Area 1 to 5KM 5 to 10 KM 10 KM & Above

A Govt Health Facility



1. Jitali 1 1 0 0 0 02. Ankleshwar 1 1 0 0 0 03. Sarangpore 1 0 0 1 0 04. Gadkhol 1 0 0 1 0 05. Bhadkodara 1 0 0 1 0 06. Kapodara 1 1 0 0 0 07. Kosambdi 1 1 0 0 0 08. Uchhali 1 0 0 0 0 1

9.Ankleshwar GIDC

1 1 0 0 0 0

10. Bakrol 1 0 0 1 0 011. Piraman 1 1 0 0 0 012. Amrutpura 1 0 0 1 0 013. Motali 1 0 0 1 0 014. Konth 1 1 0 0 0 015. Divi 1 0 0 1 0 016. Sanjali 1 1 0 0 0 017. Kharachi 1 1 0 0 0 018. Bhadi 1 0 0 1 0 019. Avadar 1 0 0 1 0 020. Panoli (INA) 1 1 0 0 0 0

Total Village

20 10 0 9 0 1

All the villages have Aganwadi within 5 km area. Aganwadi is very strong network to regulate government programmes for pregnant mothers, Infant child nutrition’s, vaccination etc. so, availability of this facility is very much important for the villagers.

10 villages have benefit of Government Health Facility in their respective villages.




(e). Villages infrastructure

Table 3-41: Villages infrastructure

Area 1 to 5KM 5 to 10 KM 10 KM & Above

PB PDS

Bank

ST bus

SL PO PB

PDS

Bank

ST bus

SL

PO PB

PDS Bank

ST bus

SL PO

Jitali1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ankleshwar 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sarangpore 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Gadkhol 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bhadkodara 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kapodara 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kosambdi 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Uchhali 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ankleshwar GIDC

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bakrol 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Piraman 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Amrutpura 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Motali 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Konth 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Divi 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sanjali 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kharachi 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bhadi 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Avadar 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Panoli (INA) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total No.Villages

20 20 11 20 20 18 0 0 5 6 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

All the villages have Panchayat building, Pandit Dindayal scheme shop, Bank within 5 km area which is very good as because Pandit Dindayal ration shop is providing rationing at very minimal prices to the BPL card holder (who comes under poverty line) and having bank within 5km range is also make villagers to get their government scheme benefit easily because now government providing all the cash benefit through DBT scheme (Direct benefit transfer) to beneficiary bank account.20 villages have ST bus stand and Street light accessibility,18 have the Post office within 5 km area.

(f). Summary of Social Amenities

Table 3-42: Summary of Social Amenities

Area Education Health Facilities Village infrastructurePS HS HSS C I A Govt Health

FacilityPB PDS Bank ST

busSL PO

Accessibility of amenities in villages

within 05 km

100%

80%

6% 6% 6% 6% 50 % 100%

100 % 55 % 100%

100 %

90%




Note: *Above table showing the accessibility of amenities in villages within 05 KM.

There is only 6% of villages have accessibility of High secondary school availability within 5 km area, which can cause high ratio of drop out students in above villages.

Recommended CER activities:

Education:

So, project proponent can make availability of some transport to transit to HSS for the students in from above villages.

There is only 6% of villages have accessibility of ITI within village. So, project proponent can make available of some non-formal technical training for the capacity building for the metric or 12th pass students.

Health:

There is 50% percent villages have accessibility of PHC and private practioner, So project proponent CER can provide some optional health assistance to villagers like health checkup through mobile medical van.

Secondary Survey (Secondary Data)

Industrial establishment may have some adverse effect on surrounding eco-system, so it’s been necessary to identify those impacts and also provide mitigation measures to minimize those impacts. Project site secondary details also provide road map for the CER activities. Project site secondary details gives the clear picture of accessibility of basic facilities and on the basis of amenities availability data one can do need assessment and can recommend certain intervention to project proponent under the ESC (Enterprise social commitment).

Main objective of secondary data to collect the information of surrounding villages to assess the impact of economic activity on society or surrounding community.To confirm the available amenities within villages.To identify gap in available amenities and to decide focus area of CER activities for the project proponent. To compare primary data with the secondary data for the better data analysis this may certainly help in forming CER activities for the surrounding villagers.

A total of 54 villages fall fully in the radial distance of 10 km from the project site located in Industrial estate,taluka Ankleshwar, district Bharuch, state Gujarat. So macro level study has been carried out for taluka Ankleshwar under district Bharuch. The administrative map showing the village boundaries has been prepared from Census 2011maps. The village boundaries are provided in the Village maps as Figure 3-6.

The Bharuch district is situated between the parallels of latitude 21º 15’ and 22º’ and the meridians of longitude 15’72º 34' and 73º 18. The length from north to south of this territory is about 96.86 km. and from east to west is about 108.19 km. It is bounded by Anand and Vadodara district in the north, gulf of Khambhat in the west, Surat district in the south and Narmada district in the east. The area covered by the district is 6,509 sq. km. It covers 3.31% geographical area of State. The district ranks 12th in the State in terms of area. At present, Bharuch district consist 8 talukas and 653 villages.




Table 3-43: District Taluka wise population in comparison with project site taluka

.

Bharuch block contributes highest in the population of Bharuch district. Project site Ankleshwar taluka has 20.35 %of population out of total population of Bharuch district. Further details are given in below chart. Block Population Figure 3-17.

Figure 3-17: Block Population (10 km)

Table 3-44: Summary of social amenities demographic information Gujarat state & Bharuch District

Sr. No

Demographic InformationGujarat State Bharuch

2001 2011 2001 20111. Total Population 50671017 60383628 1370656 15508222. Decadal Population Growth Rate 22.66 19.17 19.4 13.143. Density of population (Per Sq km) 258 308 210 2384. Sex Ratio 920 918 921 9245. Total Literacy Rate 69.14 66.39 74.4 83.06. Male Literacy Rate 79.66 79.45 83.0 88.87. Female Literacy Rate 57.8 52.57 65.1 76.79

29%

7%

6%13%

9%4%

20%

12%Bharuch

Vagra

Amod

Jambusar

Valia

Hansot

Anklesvar

Jhagadia

Sr. No. Block Name Portion of Population1 Bharuch 29.182 Ankleshwar 6.453 Amod 6.054 Jambusar 12.705 Valia 9.376 Hansot 3.957 Anklesvar 20.358 Jhagadia 11.95




Bharuch district has 2.5 percent contribution in the total population of Gujarat State in 2011.

Gujarat State has more density than Bharuch district and it is showing increase between 2001 to 2011.

Gujarat state showing the decreasing trend in the population growth rate in between 2001 to 2011 same Bharuch district has also decreasing trend in the same course of time.

In sex ratio Gujarat state has decreasing trend while bharuch district has increasing trend. Bharuch district showing the increasing number of girl child against per 1000 male child.

In the literacy Bharuch district is showing good number than Gujarat State, and it is also increasing since 2001 to 2011, while in Gujarat State trend it is showing decreasing. It is astonishing to note that Bharuch district has notable increase in female literacy since 2001 to 2011, while observing Gujarat state trend in female literacy it is decreasing in between that time.

Table 3-45: Comparative demographic information at macro level (2011)

Sr.No.

Demographic Information (2011) State District TalukaGujarat Bharuch Ankleshwar

1. Total Area (in Sq. km) 196024 6,509.00 385.11

2. Total Population 60439692 1 ,551,019 3155963. Decadal Population Growth Rate

(1991-2001) Total19.28 13.16 20.06

4. Density of population (Per Sq. km) 308 238 6945. Sex Ratio (Females per 1000' males)

Total919 925 882

5a Rural 949 938 9425b Urban 880 900 8466 Proportion Literate 78.03 81.51 85.746a Male Proportion Literate 85.75 87.45 90.446b Female Proportion literate 69.68 75.09 80.427 Work Participation rate

(Main + Marginal Workers)40.98 40.43 ---

The area of Bharuch district is 3.4% of Gujarat state. However the area talukas are much smaller when compared with Gujarat state.

The population of Bharuch district is 2.5% when compared to the total population of the Gujarat state. While the population of Ankleshwar taluka 0.5% compared to the total population of the Gujarat state.

The decadal population growth rate is highest in the ankleshwar when compared with Bharuch district and Gujarat. However the decadal population growth rate is higher for Gujarat compare to Bharuch district during 1991-2001.

The population density is highest in ankleshwar taluka when compared with the state of Gujarat and Bharuch district.

Similar trend is also found true for total sex ratio (including rural area) when compared to state of Gujarat and Bharuch district.

It is astonishing to note that the proportion of literate population is highest in Ankleshwar taluka when compared with the state of Gujarat and district Bharuch.

The work participation rate is similer to the state of Gujarat and native district Bharuch.




Economic Status and Occupational Pattern

The economic status of a person has been broadly classified in to 3 categories (i) Main workers (ii) Marginal workers (iii) Non-workers. Main workers are a person who works for a major part of the year i.e more than 6 months in one or more than one activity. A marginal worker is a person who works for a period less than 6 months in one or more than one activity. A non worker is a person who has no economic activity. Details of the economic status for study region are given in Table 3-46 and the occupational pattern of workers in the study region is given in Table 3-47.

Table 3-46: Percentage of main workers, marginal workers and non- workers for rural population

Type of Area

% of Worker Population from Total Population

% of Main Worker Population from

Total Worker Population

% of Marginal Worker Population from Total Worker

Population

% of Non-Worker Population from Total Population

Gujarat 40.98 57.16 23.38 33.7 52.61 23.38 7.28 4.55 10.26 59.02 42.84 76.62Bharuch District

40.43 58.20 21.23 33.95 52.61 13.77 6.48 5.59 7.45 59.57 41.80 78.77

Ankleshwar Taluka

40.79 58.92 21.53 36.18 55.29 15.87 4.61 3.63 5.66 59.21 41.08 78.47

Ankleshwar taluka has more percentage in total worker population than Bharuch district. Also it is better in male and female percentage in it.

The above table figure showing the percentage of Ankleshwar taluka and Bharuch district workers percentage in various work area, which helps to understand the nature of economic activities of region people. The comparative study of Bharuch district and Ankleshwar taluka employment pattern helps to identify area of improvement in people economic activities to increase their earning and provide quality of life to them.

Bharuch and Ankleshwar taluka has almost similer percentage of the people engaged in work activities.In Bharuch and Ankleshwar taluka has much difference in the marginal worker’s percentage. But some interventions are necessary to identify the reasons behind not doing economic activity for the regular span during whole year. And addressing those reasons the percentage of marginal workers can be minimize and main worker’s percentage can increase as marginal convert in to main workers.There is large portion of Non workers laid in both Bharuch and Ankleshwar taluka. If villages people motivates villages female to actively participate in every economic activity and nourish such environment in which no one may face the negligence on the basis of gender discrimination.Such kinds of environment increase the women participation in economic activities and lessen the percentages of non-worker population.

Table 3-47: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population

Type of Area

No. of village engag

ed

(Average)Cultivator

(Average)Agriculture

Laborers

(Average) Manufacturing

processing, servicing repairs in household

industry

(Average)Other workers

T M F T M F T M F T M FBharuchDistrict

647 78120 66646 11474 253577 155396 98181 8902 6426 2476 286525 240451 46074

Ankleshwar Taluka

54 8391 7175 1216 26196 16534 9662 1401 1064 337 82125 72035 10090

Note: T = Total, M = Male, F = Female;




According to above table Ankleshwara taluka has estimated 155 cultivators in each village where as bharuch district has 1203 number of people engegd in cultivation. According to above table Ankleshwara taluka has estimated 485 Agriculture Labourers in each village where as bharuch district has 391 number of people engegd in cultivation. There is very less people engaged in work related to manufacturing processing, servicing repairs in house hold industry. People participation should increase in this occupational pattern.There is large number of workers group also engaged in other economic activities like animal husbandry etc. considered as other workers.

Social economic amenities data played vital role for the need assessment in the surrounding villages from project site 10km radius area. It provides definite direction for the formation of CER intervention in the villages. Below table show casing the amenities available in bharuch district, Ankleshwar taluka.

Table 3-48: Distribution of village according to the availability of different amenities

Area

No. of Inhabited Villages

No. (with percentage) of villages having one or more of the following amenities

Education MedicalDrinking

waterPost and

TelegraphTelephone

Bharuch District 647 98.15 39.57 100 42.97 100Ankleshwar Taluka 54 98.14 40.47 100 51.85 100

Area

No. (with percentage) of villages having one or more of the following amenities

Transport Communicatio

nBanks

Agriculture Credit

Societies

Pucca Road approach

Power Supply

Bharuch District 99.23 10.51 32.3 99.07 100Ankleshwar Taluka 100 11.11 25.93 100 100

There is 100 percent availability in Telephone, Drinking water, Transport Communication, Power supply and pucca road approach in the villages fall under 10km radius area.As many of villages not having accessibility of banks within villages it is recommended to form SHG (Self help group) in villages, So people become habitual for saving for their future needs and also easily get financial help from these SHG when they are needed with affordable interest rate.

The village wise demographic and socio-economic information of the 10 km radius from the project site are summarized in Table 3-49.

Observations with respect to details presented in Table 3-49 are given below:




(a) Demographic Profile

Ankleshwar has highest population; while Panoli (INA) villages have lowest population amongst all the villages from 10km radius area;In Bhadi villages have more female population than Male.

(b) SC & ST Population

Ankleshwar has highest SC & ST population amongst all the 20 villages. Almost 18 villages have SC population and 20 villages have ST population, existences of both cast population in villages ensures the discrimination free social system in all the villages. Also project proponent should commit to provide help to the economical backward children in having quality education may certainly help these groups of people.

(c) Literacy

Ankleshwar have highest literate population where as Panoli (INA) village has lowest literate population in all the villages.

(d) Occupational Status

Ankleshwar has highest main cultivator population, Piraman village has lowest population in main cultivators and all the 20 villages have cultivator population which shows the co-existance of agriculture and economic industrial activity.


33BMagnolia pterocarpa


Table 3-49: Demographic Profile of villages/Town in 10 KM radial area from Project SiteSr. No

Name of villages (a) Demographic Profile (b) SC & ST

Population (c) Literacy (d) Occupational Status

Total Population Population (0 - 6

years age)

SC Populati

on

ST Populatio

n

Literate Population Illiterate Population Main Cultivator Population

Main Agriculture

Labors Population

Main Household

Worker Population

Main Other

Worker Population

T M F T M F T M F

1 Jitali 4225 2160 2065 523 92 2106 2897 1593 1304 1328 567 761 126 642 34 582

2 Ankleshwar 2 16,043 1 15,366 1 00,677 2 7,536 8 ,450 6 4,929 1 56,887 8 9,670 6 7,217 - - - 7,253 2 2,043 912 4 5,636

3 Sarangpore 1 6,671 9 ,373 7,298 2,666 533 1,647 11,430 7,062 4,368 5 ,241 2 ,311 2 ,930 6 7 4 43 1 08 4 ,969

4 Gadkhol 2 5,332 1 4,507 10,825 3,212 1,223 1,903 19,492 11,815 7,677 5 ,840 2 ,692 3 ,148 7 6 2 09 1 41 8 ,100

5 Bhadkodara 1 3,233 7 ,156 6,077 1,848 296 653 10,552 5,915 4,637 2 ,681 1 ,241 1 ,440 4 7 8 8 2 5 3 ,865

6 Kapodara 4512 2411 2101 700 91 1532 3203 1804 1399 1309 607 702 113 237 52 1133

7 Kosambdi 12287 6458 5829 1865 288 1962 8880 4925 3955 3407 1533 1874 297 275 57 3535

8 Uchhali 895 451 444 117 30 504 597 320 277 298 131 167 49 178 0 70

9 Ankleshwar GIDC

24789 13359 11430 2739 321 591 20969 11434 9535 3820 1925 1895 41 34 31 8108

10 Bakrol 1591 851 740 199 83 889 1183 699 484 408 152 256 81 81 16 376

11 Piraman 4364 2367 1997 715 56 310 3289 1829 1460 1075 538 537 20 23 3 1158

12 Amrutpura 943 502 441 125 0 932 619 354 265 324 148 176 38 147 2 65

13 Motali 895 459 436 153 5 734 545 313 232 350 146 204 67 187 1 92

14 Konth 4562 2372 2190 544 165 2285 3208 1813 1395 1354 559 795 102 551 12 898

15 Divi 581 289 292 72 11 461 458 246 212 123 43 80 48 126 0 36

16 Sanjali 5344 3734 1610 563 106 1085 4321 3216 1105 1023 518 505 21 156 6 2692

17 Kharachi 1068 575 493 108 23 408 859 494 365 209 81 128 89 116 1 191

18 Bhadi 2831 1381 1450 444 13 1006 1805 934 871 1026 447 579 181 321 2 364

19 Avadar 1333 707 626 152 0 872 963 537 426 370 170 200 82 33 5 241

20 Panoli (INA) 836 462 374 153 2 91 410 269 141 426 193 233 - - 9 270


33BMagnolia pterocarpa


Planning of Socio Economic Development/Welfare Activities

Based on the field observation (Primary survey) and secondary data about the socio–economic situation for Villages located in the radial distance of 10 km from project site, the following socio- economic development/welfare activities under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) programme are suggested / recommended.

Capacity building of youth through technical training classes.

Helping students for the transportation to schools and also provide facility of career counseling to the students.

Establishment of SHG group in villages

To organize medical camp for the villages people at some regular time extension.

Strengthening public amenities, drinking water, sanitation, tree plantation.

Building facility for the rain water harvesting to uplift ground water level with the contribution of villages.

The total cost of expansion is Rs.7.5 Crore and about 4% (Rs. 34 Lakh) they have allocated for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER)/ Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) programmes for socio economic development / welfare activities.

The details pertaining to CER/CSR activities with implementation schedule for the next five years with budget are highlighted under Section 10.3.2 of Chapter-10.


Chapter-4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts

and Mitigation Measures


Chapter – 4

AnticipatedEnvironmentalImpacts And

MitigationMeasures


ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


Chapter 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Impact Identification

Identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has been made here through the use of "Activity Effect" matrix and “Delphi Technique”.

4.2 Identification Matrix

Impact Identification Matrix is given in the and . Various activities belonging to industrial project have been grouped and arranged in rows. The environmental factors, which are being potentially impacted, have been arranged in columns. A preliminary scrutiny has been done and the cells, which fall at the junction of the "Activity" and "Factor" that have possible interaction with each other, have been crossed. The Matrix, thus, establishes the possible "cause-effect" relationship and identifies the environmental factors being impacted andactivities responsible for the same. Operational phase is important as it generates long-term impact as the production starts.

This phase includes following activities:

Raw Material StorageProduct ManufacturingProduct StorageEmployment

TransportationGaseous emissionWastewater & solid waste generartionOccasional equipment failure

Table 4-1: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during construction phase)

ParameterActivity Air Water Noise Soil Flora Fauna Socio

EconomicHealth &

SafetySite cleaning - -

Excavation - -

Construction

Installation of equipments - - - - - -

Transportation - -

Material handling - - - - - -

Employment - - - - - -

Greenbelt development -

Table 4-2: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during operation phase)

ParameterActivity Air Water Noise Soil Flora Fauna Socio

EconomicHealth &

SafetyRaw material storage & handling - - - - -

Production - - - -

Product storage and handling - - - - - -

Transportation - -

Gaseous emission - -

Wastewater generation - - -

Solid waste generation - - - - -

Employment - - - - - -

Infrastructure development - - - - - - -

Greenbelt development -




4.3 Impact Identification by Integration

Scenario of the potential impact assessment of proposed proposal also carried out by using another accredited practice/technique. Details are as described under.

Technique: For sitting of an activity, “Delphi Technique” is advised by MoEF. The Government of India has recommended this technique in the book on sitting of Hazardous Waste Disposal Areas, prepared by NEERI, Nagpur and published by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) in 1991.

The same is proposed to be used with due improvisation, mutatis mutandis, covering other media of environment.

1. (i) The Delphi Technique considers the following 34 attributes and four weight-ages i.e.: 07 attributes, receptor related 10 attributes, pathway related 08 attributes, pollutant related 09 attributes, waste management related

(ii) The Modified Technique used here considers 23 attributes and five weight-ages i.e.: 7 attributes, receptor related 5 attributes, pathway related 5 attributes, water pollution & waste management related 4 attributes, air pollution and waste management related 2 attributes, solid waste management related.

2. Four types of marks for each attribute like 0 to 0.25, 0.25 to 0.5, 0.5 to 0.75 and 0.75 to 1.0 depending on facts of situations, chemical properties of pollutants and quantification are considered. These marks are known as Sensitivity Index (SI).

3. Combined consideration of (1) and (2) together gives attribute-wise weightages. These are the negative marks out of 1000 and ranking of candidate sites is based on comparison of these marks. The attribute measurements or values or descriptions are known as the team has traversed the area. The sensitivity index is awarded based on attribute properties.

The attribute wise score is arrived at by multiplying the sensitivity index and the weight-age of each attribute and is given in .

Table 4-3: Sensitivity index

AttributeSensitivity Index

0.0 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.5 0.5 - 0.75 0.75 - 1.0

Receptor Related

Population within 500 meters 0 to 100 100 to 250 250 to 1000 > 1000

Distance to nearest drinking water well > 5000 m 2500 to 5000 m 1000 to 2500 m < 1000 m

Use of site by nearby residents No used Occasional Moderate Regular

Distance to nearest off site building > 3000 m 1500 to 3000 m 500 to 1500 m < 500 m

Presence of major transportation routes Airport Internal road Highway Rail

Land use/ ZoningCompletely remote

(Zoning not applicable)

Agricultural Commercial or industrial

Residential

Critical environmentsNot a critical

environmental element

Pristine natural areas

Wetlands, flood plains, & preserved

areas

Major habitat or endangered or

threatened species




AttributeSensitivity Index

0.0 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.5 0.5 - 0.75 0.75 - 1.0

Pathway Related

Distance to nearest surface water > 8000 m 1500 to 8000 m 500 to 1500 m < 500 m

Ground water depth > 30 m 15 to 30 m 5 to 15 m < 5 m

Type of contamination No contamination Soil contamination only Biota contamination Air, water or food

contaminationPrecipitation effectiveness index Semi arid Semi humid Humid Wet

Susceptibility to erosion & run-off problem

0 - 0.25 not susceptible

0.25 - 0.50Potential

0.50 - 0.75 Moderate

0.75 – 1 Severe

Waste Related

BOD generation level < 250 mg/l 250- 500 mg/l 500- 1000 mg/l Above 1000

Treatability COD-BOD < 2.5 2.5 – 3.5 3.5 - 5 Above 5

Treatment Tertiary Secondary Primary no

Disposal Land assured & crop perennial Land seasonal Stream up to 5km Riparian

pH 6 - 8 5- 6 or 8 - 9 3 - 5 or 9-11 <3 or >11

Industrial mix Fuel Electricity Oil Bagasse Coal

Control equipmentAll including ESP or

wet scrubber Bag filter Cyclone, Fly ash arrestor

None though required

Stacks heights As per Act 30 < 30 None though required

Noise at boundary up to 55 dB(A) 55 to 70 dB(A) 70 to 85 dB(A) Above 85dB(A)

Industrial mix (waste type) None Nonhazardous Hazardous & Non-

hazardous Hazardous

Facilities / Treatment - Non hazardous

Recycle/sale Secured landfill Low landfill None though required

Hazardous Recycle/ Incinerator Secured landfill Sanitary landfill None though required

And now attribute ranking based on calculation of site sensitivity index (SSI) for proposed expansion project is presented in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4: Attribute Ranking

Attribute Attribute Measurement Sensitivity Index Weightage Attribute

Score

Receptor Related

Population within 500 meters > 1000 1.0 80 80.0

Distance to nearest drinking water well, meter 1200 0.60 60 36.0

Use of site by nearby residents No 0.0 50 0.0

Distance to nearest off site building <500 m 1.0 40 40.0




Attribute Attribute Measurement Sensitivity Index Weightage Attribute

ScorePresence of transportation routes Road Highway 0.75 30 22.5

Land use/ Zoning Industrial 0.75 30 22.5

Critical environments No 0.25 30 7.5

Sub- total (a) 320 208.5

Pathway Related

Distance to nearest surface water 2.8 km 0.5 55 27.5

Depth of ground water 5 to 20 m 0.75 45 33.7

Type of contamination No contamination 0.0 45 0.0

Precipitation effectiveness index Semi Arid/ Arid 0.25 25 6.25

Susceptibility to erosion and run off problems Not susceptible 0.25 25 6.25

Sub- total (b) 195 73.7

Waste Related

Water

BOD, mg/l <250 mg/l 0.25 40 10.0

pH 6 - 8 0.25 20 5.0

Treatability (COD:BOD) <2.5 0.25 40 10.0

TreatmentETP(Primary, Secondary & Tertiary treatment)

0.25 50 12.5

Disposal To GIDC drain 0.25 50 12.5

Industrial mix (Fuel) Coal & Natural Gas 1.0 70 70.0

Control equipment ESP, Bag filter, Scrubber 0.25 50 12.5

Stacks 40 m 0.5 50 25

Noise at boundary 70 to 85 dB(A) 0.75 30 22.5

Mix Non-Hazardous and Hazardous waste 0.75 45 33.8

Facilities Recycle and HW disposal as per GPCB Norms 0.50 40 20.0

Sub- Total (c) 485 233.8

TOTAL (a+b+c) -- 516.0

Table 4-5: Integration consideration

Score 750 to 1000 = Pollution Potential Very HighScore 600 to 750 = Pollution Potential HighScore 450 to 600 = Pollution Potential ModerateScore 300 to 450 = Pollution Potential LowScore Below 300 = Pollution Potential Very Low




Since with the methodical working of sensitivity index and weight-ages, the total score of pollution potential has come to 516.0 hence the site fits into “Moderate Pollution Potential” category. The significance of impact assessment of proposed project activity taking in consideration of existing baseline environmental status around project site and pollution potential of proposed activity with measures for various major environmental components are described under:

4.4 Land Environment

Table 4-6: Impact and mitigation measures on land environment

Activity Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures to be taken

During Construction Phase

Construction activity of the Site: excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements

Flying dust and construction debris within the premises / nearby areas.

Proper sprinkling system is to be adopted to reduce the amount of flying dust.Excavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets in such a way that it does not affect or reach the railway track (in nearby areas). It will be reused for landscape development along the corridor and in green belt.

Transportation and handling of construction and other raw material

Change in soil structure and texture due to spillage & leakage of fuel if any.

Necessary additional infrastructure is required to be constructed as this is an expansion project and most of the facilities already exist at the site. Transportation of materials will be done as per CPCB Guidelines. The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers / dumpers will be marked with the name, contact details and the other details required.

Disposal of sewage & garbage generated during the construction works from domestic activities of engineers, official & workers

Contamination of land may occur due to the disposal of untreated sewage and domestic waste

Proper sanitation facilities for the staff engaged in construction work will be provided.The sewage will be treated in existing as well as proposed effluent treatment plantalong with other wastewater and disposed off accordingly.

Traffic Handling The vehicular traffic of trucks will increase during the construction phase. Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause additional air pollution to the surrounding areas. The effects may be more prominent in close by villages.

This will be temporary and restricted to construction phase only. However proper traffic management will be followed as per the specified norms.

During Operation Phase

Transportation, storage and handling of other raw material

Change in soil structure and texture due to spillage and leakage of fuel. The contamination of groundwater

Necessary additional infrastructure is required to be constructed as this is an expansion project and most of the facilities already exist at the site. The dumpers will





may occur due to existing water level of around 5-20 mbdl.

be covered to prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers / dumpers will be marked with the specific code, contact details and the other details required.

Traffic Management Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jam outside and within the premises and cause additional air pollution.

In GIDC, a well developed GIDC main road and internal roads are made and having carrying capacity to take care of additional traffic due to proposed expansion activity. Therefore no additional roads will required to be constructed and there will not be any change in land use of the study area However separate entry and exist gate shall be provided and trained security guardsshall be deployed to ensure proper management and movement of vehicles within premises.Internal RCC road along with signboard of traffic sign will be provided.Traffic rules and discipline shall be strictly implemented.Adequate internal road shall be provided for uninterrupted movement of fire tender.Speed break bumper shall be provided on internal road at regular interval to avoid over speed.No vehicles will be allowed to stop near Weight Bridge, wheel washing area after completion of activities.To prevent road accident following precautions to be taken :• Transportation of waste/raw materials/

products by only authorized vehicles • Regular training to drivers • Organize awareness program • Implementation of MSDS and TREM card

Air pollution and Aesthetics within the premises.

Contamination of air will occur due to various air pollutants from the industrial processes within and outside the premises up to 5 kms in case of failure of APCM systems.

Air pollution control devices/measures as given in Chapter 2, section 2.14 has been/will be adopted. As per the air quality modeling results the percentage of PM, SO2 and NO2 will be within the limits with APCD measures according to NAAQS (National ambient air quality standards as per CPCB notification).It may be noted that total greenbelt area will be 23,194 m2 (40 % as per the Ministry’s Office Memorandum 31st

The recommended plant species consist of fruiting trees, flowering plants etc.; which not only attract the birds to proliferate but also improve the site aesthetics as well as

October,2019 regarding projects located in critically polluted area) provided within/OR outside the premises.





control soil erosion. This will turn into permanent land use change.Considering the worst case scenario. If there is any operational failure of Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) the plant will be shut-down.

Hazard and Risk Scenarios

The detailed land use that might be affected due to the hazard scenarios as mentioned in risk assessment study.

Emergency control facilities and resources to be planned and rehearsaled / Mock- Drill to be conducted regularly to combat emergency in minimum time.Proper sealing of the trucks needs to be done during the transportation.Storage space needs to be properly maintained and covered to avoid any kind of pollution in the water body.

Local people having own household facility will be employed for proposed expansion activity; therefore there will not be any rehabilitation and resettlement, (since the expansion will be carried out within the existing premises) habitation or migration which can change the land use pattern of the study area.

4.5 Geology and Soil

Table 4-7: Impact and mitigation measures on geology and soil environment

Activity Environmental Hazard Management Action To Be Taken


Construction activity of the Site: Excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements. Handling of construction and other raw materials.

Change in soil structure and texture due to spillage & leakage of fuel.

Proposed expansion will be within the existing plant premises located in notified GIDC area, where enough land is available for the activity. Existing paved area & storage facilities will be used during the construction activity. Proper sprinkling system is to be adopted to reduce the amount of flying dust.Excavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets and reused for landscape development along the corridor and for use in green belt.Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for storage of construction and other raw material etc.

Disposal of sewage & garbage generated during the construction works from domestic activities of engineers, official & workers

Contamination of Soil may occur due to the disposal of untreated sewage and domestic waste.

Provide proper sanitation facilities for the staff engaged in construction work.The sewage will be treated in existing effluent treatment plant along with other wastewater and disposed off accordingly.


Accidents and risk assessments

Changes in soil chemistry due to addition of foreign material due to system failures and/or accidents.

In case of accidents mentioned in the risk scenarios proper actions will be taken according to the mitigation measures mentioned in Chapter 7: Risk analysis.




Activity Environmental Hazard Management Action To Be Taken

Storage, Transportation and Handling of Construction and other Raw Material and Hazardous Waste

Changes in soil texture will lead to change in porosity, permeability & other such physical characteristics of soil of the area. Changes in soil chemistry due to addition of foreign material from polluted air and water due to plant activities in the area.

Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for storage of construction and other raw material etc.Proper mitigative measures like use of efficient pollution control systems, proper stack height, and use of top soil in plantation results in no significant impact on soil of the core zone. There will be no impact on soil of the study area located beyond the working area of the proposed expansion project. Soil samples will be collected and tested at regular intervals from the nearby areas. This will help in mitigation of any harmful impact on soil due to the expansion activity, if any.Transportation of hazardous waste will be done as per CPCB Guidelines. The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers/dumpers will be marked with the name of TSDF/CHWMF where it is to be sent, contact details and the other details required.

4.6 Geohydrology

Various activities of the proposed expansion project and associated environmental impact on land environment along with the suggested mitigation/control measures for the same are given in Table 4.8.

During construction as well as operation phase of expansion activity, the water requirement will be met through GIDC; therefore no groundwater abstraction will required to be made, details are given in Chapter-2. Therefore, there will be no impact on groundwater. There is a chance of contamination of groundwater due to leakage and spillage as the water table of the area is only few meters. Also the project area falls in a safe zone according to CGWB, Ground Water Resources Assessment, 2017.

CGWA, Government of India vide it’s guideline has no restriction for groundwater extraction in safe zone while an NOC is required for

groundwater withdrawal if quantity of groundwater abstraction exceeds 100 m3/day and Artificial recharge to groundwater needs to be adopted. Water will be sourced from GIDC –Ankleshwar, permission letter attached as

.

No rainwater harvesting system is proposed so as to avoid any contamination on line of roof or on the ground from going into the subsoil aquifer. Storm water drainage facility has been/will be properly maintained to avoid accumulation of rain water during the monsoon season.




Table 4-8: Impact and mitigation measures on groundwater hydrology

Activity Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures to be Taken


Construction activity of the Site: Excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements.

This is an expansion project within the premises; hence there is negligible impact on water regime during the construction. The water will be brought through GIDC pipeline and there would be no exploitation of groundwater. However the flying dust and debris may pollute the surrounding environment.

Proper sprinkling system is to be adopted to reduce the amount of flying dust. The source of water would be through GIDC pipeline.

Washing of construction equipments.

Formation of stagnant pools of water if construction equipments are not washed properly at designated washing area.

Provision for proper designated area for washing.

Around 25 KLD of water required during the construction for various activities like preparation & mixing of concrete, cooling of construction equipment, usage in spray and sprinklers for dust suppression etc.

No impact is on groundwater regime is anticipated since the water is sourced through GIDC pipeline

Water requirement shall be met by GIDC. Minimum usage of water is advisable for construction work and care should be taken to avoid wastage of water during the construction phase. Moreover, groundwater will not be drawn for the construction activities; hence no impacts on groundwater resources are anticipated.

Storage and Disposal of sewage & garbage generated during the construction works from domestic activities of engineers, official & workers.

Contamination of land may occur due to the disposal of untreated sewage and domestic waste. Approximately 4 KLD of waste water will be generated

Provide proper sanitation facilities for the staff engaged in construction work.The sewage will be treated in existing effluent treatment plant along with other wastewater and disposed off accordingly.Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/ spillage of fuel or material like area for Storage of construction and other raw material etc.

Drinking water requirement for the construction worker and other staff.

The area falls in a safe zone according to CGWB, Ground Water Resources Assessment, 2017.

Proper drinking water facility will be made available to the construction workers.


Transportation, Storage and Handling of Construction and other Raw Material.

Temporary contamination of groundwater may occur due to leakage and spillages. The existing water level is less than 5-20 m bdl hence care is required during the transportation and storage.Also the area falls in a safe zone according to CGWB,

Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for storage of raw material etc.The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers / dumpers will be marked with the specific code where it is to be sent, contact details and the other




Activity Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures to be Taken

Ground Water Resources Assessment , 2017.

details required.

Total fresh requirement of water during the operation phase will be 900 KLD after proposed expansion.

Impact on water resource at the source area from where water is brought to the site.

Water requirement will met through GIDC.

Discharge of treated effluent from the proposed project.

Contamination of groundwater may occur due to existing water level during any kind of accidents or leakage. This will affect villages located around the site and crops may also get affected.

Plant water/ wastewater treatment and its conveyance system shall be designed and proper monitoring and care shall be taken for effective management of treated effluents.

4.7 Meteorology

The micro-meteorological data for the region indicates the pre-dominant winds from SW to NE. The average wind speed reported during the study period observed 9.9 to 13.5 kmph. Details are given in Chapter-3. The hourly meteorological data used for prediction of pollutants Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs).

During Construction Phase: During construction there will be slight increase of SPM due to excavation of soil, handling and storage of construction material/waste and transportation, however tarpaulin sheets will be used for barricading and special care will be taken in prevailing downwind direction. During design/ construction of vent/stack; meteorology of the study area should be considered.

During Operation Phase: During operation phase there will be emissions from stack, vents and through fugitive emissions. Adequate APCM will be provided to control emissions/ fugitive emissions, details are given Chapter-2.

Trees having higher Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) has been/will be planted in the prevailing downwind direction. This will ensure that by the time the unit goes into the production, the trees of the given APTI will be grown enough which act as a barrier for fugitive emissions/odor to accept any accidental release of chemicals.

4.8 Air Environment

The impacts on air quality from any project depends on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material/ fuel used, envisaged emission control measures, operation and maintenance practices. Apart from the above, other activities viz. transportation of raw materials and products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant may also contribute to air pollution.

4.8.1 Dispersion ModelingEmissions from all the stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.

4.8.2 About AERMOD:

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain within the same modelling framework.




The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modelling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated sources, and both simple and complex terrain. AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling system. It incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts. Data flow in AERMOD modelling system is shown in .

Figure 4-1: Data flow in AERMOD modeling system




4.8.3 Meteorological Parameters:

The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature, cloud cover, humidity & rainfall.

4.8.4 Other Assumptions:

The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.

Air quality contours for the various pollutants are given in the Figure-4.2 to Data used for the evaluation of the ground level concentration for the existing and proposed stack/vent is given in .

The results of GLCs due to the proposed expansion are given in to . When the above stated GLCs results are added into the 98% percentile concentration of ambient air parameters, it gives overall AAQ of the surrounding study area.

Table 4-9: Data used for the evaluation of the ground level concentration

Stack Id

StackAttached

To

Fuel Location(x, y)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Stack Height

(m)

Stack Temp.(°K)

Stack Gas Velocity (m/sec)

Typeof

Pollutant

Expected Emission Conc

Emission Rate

(g/sec)

n

(mg/m³)AFTER APCM

APCM

Existing Flue Gas Stack

FS1 Boiler (10 TPH) Coal (0,0) 1.2 40 448 11 SPM 50 0.622 E.S.P. +Water ScrubberNOx 94 1.169

SO 2092 2.602FS2 Boiler (10 TPH) Natural

Gas(4.33, 11.16) 0.75 30 443 12 SPM 50 0.265 Not Applicable

NOx 38 0.199

FS3 Boiler (6 TPH, Stand by)

(9.42, 2.88)SO 262 0.139

Proposed Flue Gas Stack

FS4 Boiler (16 TPH) Coal (135.44, 277) 1.2 40 448 11 SPM 50 0.622 E.S.P. +Water Scrubber

NOx 94 1.169

SO 2092 2.602

FS5 Boiler (10 TPH) Coal (142.37, 268.71) 1.2 40 448 11 SPM 50 0.622 E.S.P. +




NOx 94 1.169 Water Scrubber

SO 2092 2.602

FS6 TFH (4 Lakh kilo cal)

Natural Gas

(156.54, 250.81) 0.75 30 448 11 SPM 50 0.243 Not Applicable

NOx 38 0.183

SO 262 0.127

FS7 TFH (4 Lakh kilo cal)-2

Natural Gas

(150.91, 272.55) 0.75 30 448 11 SPM 50 0.243 Not Applicable

NOx 38 0.183

SO 262 0.127

FS8 D.G. Set(1500 kVA)

HSD (182.54, 282.08) 0.5 20 448 11 SPM 50 0.108 Not Applicable

NOx 94 0.203

SO 2622 0.565

Existing Process gas Stack

PS1 Reactor ReactionVessels

-- (51.40, 68.43) 0.1 18 325 8 HCl 14.900 0.001 2 Stage water scrubber & Alkali

ScrubberPS2 Reactor Reaction

Vessels-2-- (18.82, -44.19) 0.1 18 325 8 SO 7.4502 0.0005 2 Stage water

scrubber & Caustic ScrubberCL2 14.487 0.001

Proposed Process Gas Stack

P3 Reactor of Bifenthrin -- (57.68, 40.45) 0.1 18 325 8 HCl 14.900 0.001 Alkali Scrubber followed by Water

ScrubberP4 Reactor of

Permethrin-- (75.53, 96.05) 0.1 18 325 8 HCl 14.900 0.001 Alkali Scrubber

followed by Water Scrubber

P5 Reactor of LambdaCyhalothrin

-- (100.20, 78.92) 0.1 18 325 8 HCl 14.900 0.0005 Alkali Scrubber followed by Water

ScrubberSO 7.4502 0.001

P6 Reactor of Fipronil -- (106.64, 33.51) 0.1 18 323 6 HCl 14.900 0.0005 Alkali Scrubber followed by Water





P7 Reactor of Chlorpyrifos

Ethyl & TransfluthrinEthyl

-- (134.57, 23.49) 0.1 18 323 6 HCl 14.900 0.001 Water Scrubber

P8 Reactor of Difenthuron

-- (154.88, 158.34) 0.1 18 323 8 NH 14.9003 0.001 Acidic Scrubber followed by Water

ScrubberP9 Reactor of

Lufenuron-- (148.89, 178.6) 0.1 18 328 6 HCl 14.900 0.001 Water Scrubber

P10 Reactor of Propargite


P11 Reactor of Flonicamide

-- (157.43, 216.94) 0.1 18 318 6 HCl 14.900 0.0005 Alkali Scrubber followed by Water


P12 Reactor of Sodium Salt

of HTCP


P13 Reactor of CMAC ----

(168.86, 208.31) 0.1 18 328 8 HCl 14.900 0.0005 Alkali Scrubber followed by Water

ScrubberSO2 7.450 0.001

P14 Reactor of High Trans CMAC

-- 171.08, 182.04 0.1 18 323 6 HCl 14.900 0.001 Water Scrubber

P15 Reactor of Ethiprole -- 176.51,149.12 0.1 18 328 8 HCl 14.900 0.001 Water ScrubberHBr 16.532 0.001




Details of cumulative GLCs (Ground Level Concentrations) of various pollutants that will occur due to emissions from the stack after the proposed expansion project is commissioned as derived from the AERMOD dispersion model.

Table 4-10: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM10

Station Code Location

PM10 Concentration (µg/m3)Existing

Concentration(98thpercentile) in Ambient Air [A]

1st highest, 24 hr GLC from AERMOD#

[B]

Probable Concentration After Proposed Project

[A+B]

1. Ankleshwar GIDC 92 0.90 92.92. Motali 83 0.20 83.23. Jitali 93 0.30 93.34. Garden City 90 0.90 90.95. Bakrol 86 0.30 86.36. Kapodara 86 0.30 86.37. Ankleshwar 86 0.20 86.28. Gadkhol 84 0.06 84.06

Permissible Limit [NAAQ-2009]* 100

Note: * Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards

# These are max. 24 hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the following:1) Assumption that the SPM from the stack consist of only 10 m size particles2) All the above 10 m size particles will fall on to the ground and get added to the existing ground

level concentration of PM10 m size particles 3) The Total PM emission from the flue gas stack being maximum of 93.3 µg/nm3

Table 4-11: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM

at Jitali village.

2.5


PM2.5 Concentration (µg/m3)Existing

Concentration(98thpercentile) in Ambient Air [A]


[B]


[A+B]

1. Ankleshwar GIDC 43 0.90 43.92. Motali 37 0.20 37.23. Jitali 40 0.30 40.34. Garden City 37 0.90 37.95. Bakrol 38 0.30 38.36. Kapodara 29 0.30 29.37. Ankleshwar 29 0.20 29.28. Gadkhol 31 0.06 31.06


Note: *Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards#These are max.24 hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the following:

1) Assumption that the SPM from the stack consist of only 2.5 m size particles2) All the above 2.5 m size particles will fall on to the ground and get added to the existing ground leve concentration of PM2.5 m size particles 3) The Total PM emission from the flue gas stack being maximum of 43.9 µg/nm3 at Ankleshwar GIDC.




Figure 4-2: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM




Figure 4-3: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM [on Google image]

Table 4-12: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – NO2


NO2 Concentration (µg/m3)Existing Concentration

(98thpercentile) in Ambient Air [A]


[B]


[A+B]1. Ankleshwar GIDC 27 1.00 282. Motali 23 0.40 23.43. Jitali 23 0.60 23.64. Garden City 23 1.00 245. Bakrol 22 0.40 22.46. Kapodara 27 0.40 27.47. Ankleshwar 27 0.30 27.38. Gadkhol 24 0.08 24.08


Note: *Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards#These are max. 24 hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the NO2 emission concentrationin flue gas stack

The Total NOx emission from the flue gas stack being maximum of 28 µg/nm3 at Ankleshwar GIDC.




Figure 4-4: Air quality contour for pollutant – NO

x




Figure 4-5: Air quality contour for pollutant – NOx

[on Google image]

Table 4-13: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –SO2


SO2 Concentration (µg/m3)Existing Concentration


1st highest, 1st 24 hr GLC from AERMOD#

[B]


[A+B]1. Ankleshwar GIDC 21 2.0 232. Motali 18 0.8 18.83. Jitali 19 1.0 204. Garden City 17 2.0 195. Bakrol 21 1.0 226. Kapodara 21 0.8 21.87. Ankleshwar 21 0.7 21.78. Gadkhol 18 0.2 18.2


Note: * Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards # This max. 24 hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the SO2 emission

concentration from flue gas stack (The Total SO2 emission from the flue gas stack being maximum of 23 µg/nm3

However , it may be noted that actual emissions will be lower than above stated values

at Ankleshwar GIDC.




Figure 4-6: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO

2




Figure 4-7: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2

Table 4-14: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –HCl

[on Google image]


HCl Concentration (µg/m3)Existing Concentration



[B]


[A+B]1. Ankleshwar GIDC <5 0.08 <5.082. Motali <5 0.03 <5.033. Jitali <5 0.01 <5.014. Garden City <5 0.04 <5.045. Bakrol <5 0.008 <5.0086. Kapodara <5 0.003 <5.0037. Ankleshwar <5 0.005 <5.0058. Gadkhol <5 0.001 <5.001

Permissible Limit [NAAQ-2009]* Not specified

Note: * Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards # This max. 24 GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the HCl emission

concentration from process gas stack (The Total HCl emission from the process gas stack being maximum of 5.08 µg/nm3

However , it may be noted that actual emissions will be lower than above stated values

at Ankleshwar GIDC.




Figure 4-8: Air quality contour for pollutant – HCl




Figure 4-9: Air quality contour for pollutant –HCl [on Google image]

Table 4-15: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –Cl2


Cl2 Concentration (µg/m3)Existing Concentration



[B]


[A+B]1. Ankleshwar GIDC <5 0.0003 <5.0003

2. Motali <5 0.0004 <5.0004

3. Jitali <5 0.0004 <5.0004

4. Garden City <5 0.0008 <5.0008

5. Bakrol <5 0.0002 <5.0002

6. Kapodara <5 0.0001 <5.0001

7. Ankleshwar <5 0.0001 <5.0001

8. Gadkhol <5 -- <5.0


Note: *Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards#This max. 24 GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the Cl2 emission concentration from process gas stack (The Total Cl2 emission from the process gas stack being maximum of 5.0008 µg/nm3

However, it may be noted that actual emissions will be lower than above stated values.at Garden City.




Figure 4-10: Air quality contour for pollutant – Cl2




Figure 4-11: Air quality contour for pollutant –Cl2 [on Google image]

Table 4-16: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –HBr


HBr Concentration (µg/m3)Existing Concentration



[B]


[A+B]1. Ankleshwar GIDC <10 0.00020 <10.0002

2. Motali <10 0.00020 <10.0002

3. Jitali <10 0.00015 <10.00015

4. Garden City <10 0.00050 <10.0005

5. Bakrol <10 0.00015 <10.00015

6. Kapodara <10 0.00010 <10.0001

7. Ankleshwar <10 0.00020 <10.0002

8. Gadkhol <10 0.00008 <10.00008


Note: *Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards#This max. 24 GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the HBr emission concentration from process gas stack (The Total HBr emission from the process gas stack being maximum of 10.0002 µg/nm3

However, it may be noted that actual emissions will be lower than above stated values.

at Motali village.




Figure 4-12: Air quality contour for pollutant –HBr

N

H

Station Code

1. An

2. Mo

3. Jita

4. Ga

5. Ba

6. Ka

7. An

8. Ga

Note: *Perm #This

procesThe Tvillage

However, it ma

EIA Report foPlot No. 500

Figure 4

Tab

Location

kleshwar GIDC

otali

ali

rden City

krol

podara

kleshwar

dkhol

missible limits s max. 24 GLCss gas stack (Total NH3 emie.ay be noted th

or Expansion in Produ1/B, 5027 to 5034 &

-13: Air qual

ble 4-17: De

Existin(98t

AmC

as per the NatCs values eval

ission from th

hat actual emi

uction Capacity of M/s& 5037, 4707/B & 47

lity contour f

etails of cum

ng Concentrathpercentile)

mbient Air [A

<10

<10

<10

<10

<10

<10

<10

<10

Permissible

tional Ambientuated by AER

he process ga

ssions will be

s. Meghmani Organics 07/P, GIDC Estate, An

for pollutant

mulative GLCs

NH3

ationin

A]

1st hiGLC fro

Limit [NAAQ

t Air Quality (NRMOD are base

as stack being

lower than ab

Limited by Addition onkleshwar, Dist-Bharuc

t –HBr [on G

s for pollutan

Concentratioighest, 24 hrom AERMOD

[B]

0.00020

0.00020

0.00015

0.00050

0.00015

0.00010

0.00020

0.00008

Q-2009]*

NAAQ) Standaed on the HBr

g maximum o

bove stated va

of New Products ch, Gujarat.

oogle image

nt –NH3

on (µg/m3)rD#

ProbabAfter Pr

<

<

<

<

<

<

<

<

Not

ardsr emission con

of 10.0002 µg

alues.

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMAND MITIGATION ME

e]

le Concentraroposed Proj

[A+B]

<10.0002

<10.0002

<10.00015

<10.0005

<10.00015

<10.0001

<10.0002

<10.00008

t specified

ncentration fro

g/nm3 at Mota

PACTS EASURES

ation ject

om

ali




Figure 4-14: Air quality contour for pollutant –NH3




Figure 4-15: Air quality contour for pollutant –NH3 [on Google image]

Air Quality Contour (In Worst Case Scenario - Without Control Measures) & Affected Area are attached asAnnexure 4.1


The impacts due to construction activities will be limited to the period of construction i.e. short term impacts only. The air quality will be marginally affected by the activities like excavation, civil construction, transportation and handling of construction materials and installation of equipments. The main problem anticipated will increase in SPM level due to dust contamination. It may be noted that the causes of Suspended Particulate Matter in ambient air may be due to:

1. Loose topsoil.

2. Local meteorological conditions at the site.

Because of vehicular traffic there may be marginal increase in concentration of PM10 and PM2.5. Regular sprinkling of water is proposed during construction activities for the suppression of dust. The approach roads and vehicles will be kept in good condition to minimize automobile exhaust.

The impact will be confined within the project premises and is expected to be negligible outside the plant premises. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, sprinkling of water during this phase, providing sufficient vegetation etc. are some of the measures that would greatly reduce the impacts during the construction phase.


The major source of air pollutants will be flue gas emissions from a coal based boiler, process emissions. Details of stack/vents and air pollution control measures are given in Chapter-2. The concentrations of pollutants at the ground levels have been computed using computer simulation model to assess the impact of emissions for the proposed project.

Baseline AAQ data indicates that average concentration of ambient air quality parameter such as PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOx, HCl, Cl2, HBr TVOC etc. in the surrounding area is within the permissible limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Please refer Chapter-3.

The unit will transport and store raw materials, products and hazardous chemicals in closed containers to reduce the fugitive emissions as well as adequate air pollution control measures will be provided. GLC value of ambient air quality parameter PM10 around the project site will slightly increase at few places after the expansion project, which may be due to the construction activities such as site development, excavation, movement of vehicle/equipments are ongoing in the impact areas and use of raw materials for construction such as sand, gravels, cement etc. in




these areas. Thus, there would be marginal adverse impact on the air environment due to the proposed expansion project.

4.9 Noise Environment


During construction, construction equipment, including dozer, scrapers, concrete mixers, generators, turbines,vibrators and power tools, cooling towers, compressors and vehicles will be the major noise sources. Construction noise is difficult to predict because the level of activity will constantly change. Most of construction activities are expected to produce noise level within the prescribed limit. The noise generated from various sources will be of short duration. Therefore, no significant impact is envisaged in the construction phase.


The major source of noise during operation phase will be operation of pumps, compressors and cooling tower etc. Similar to the existing unit, all the equipment in the proposed unit will be designed and operated to have the noise level not exceeding 75-85 dB (A) at a distance of 1.5 m from the equipment.

Monitored noise level are given in Chapter-3, indicates that ambient noise levels in the study area are well within the permissible limit of the National Ambient Noise Quality Standards. The occasional noise will be attenuated by the development of green belt in and around the industry, which will be taken up-right from the construction phase. Also ear-protecting devices will be provided for personnel working in high noise generating area.

4.10 Water Environment


During construction phase, quantity of wastewater generated will be very less and the same will be disposed off through existing treatment plant.


The water consumption after the proposed expansion will be 1200 kl/day on first day and from second day onwards, it will be 900 kl/day. Water balance diagram is depicted in Chapter-2.

After the proposed expansion, the domestic wastewater-30 kl/day and Industrial wastewater-490 kl/day will be treated in an existing and a proposed ETP. High COD/TDS effluent @ 125 kl/day will be treated in MEE followed by ATFD. MEE condensate would be reused in cooling and washing activity. Low COD/TDS effluent @284 kl/day will go to existing as well as proposed ETP. Treated water confirming the stipulated norms will be discharged into NCTL Common Effluent Treatment Plant through GIDC underground drainage line. Thus, there would not be any adverse impact due to proposed expansion on the quantity and quality of ground water as well as surface water during construction and operation phase.

Baseline data collected for water quality (surface/ ground water) are tabulated against CPCB tolerance limits for class-B (outdoor bathing), based on the information provided by the villagers. Results of GIDC water are tabulated against drinking water standard, Please refer, Chapter-3.

4.11 Ecology and Biodiversity

As per the study done by Ecology and Biodiversity expert there is no Wild Life Sanctuary/ National Parks within the 10 km radius of the site. Detailed ecological study has been carried out and ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is presented in Chapter- 3.

Industry has already developed greenbelt in the premises and has also planned to develop greenbelt in the GIDCarea adjacent to project site. This will be developed and maintained as per plan specified in Chapter- 10.

There will not be adverse impact due to proposed expansion on the flora and fauna after taking the mitigation / control measures.




4.12 Impact identification and suggested mitigation measures

Table 4-18: Impact identification and suggested mitigation measures

S. N. Impact Identified Mitigation Measures Suggested

1. Land Environment:Construction activity of the Site: Excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements. Transportation and Handling of Construction and other Raw MaterialFlying Dust and Construction Debris only within the premises.Change in soil structure and texture due to spillage & leakage of fuel if any.

Proper sprinkling system should be adopted to reduce the amount of flying dust.Excavated earth should be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets and reused for landscape development along the corridor and for use in green belt. To avoid any spillage, it is recommended that liquid chemicals should be taken through pipeline.

2. Agriculture Activities:Disposal of sewage & garbage generated during the construction works from domestic activities of engineers, official & workers may affect to agriculture land in the closest vicinity.

The sewage disposed off should be treated through a treatment plant.To locate and developed nearby green pasture. Efforts should be made to develop more green belt incorporating pasture grazing lands.

3. Land use Pattern/ Ecological Settings:Owing to the air pollution due to chemicals if exceeding the threshold level, could affect the ecological setting specially both birds and animals and even the cropping pattern in the closest vicinity from the project site.Changes in soil texture will lead to change in porosity, permeability & other such physical characteristics of soil of the area. It will also affect soil chemistry due to addition of foreign material from polluted air & water due to activities in project site.

Proper measure should be taken while storage of such chemicals under the factory and GPCB norms.Transportation of hazardous waste will be done as per CPCB Guidelines. The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting. The drivers will be imparted training. The containers / dumpers will be marked with the name of TSDF, contact details and the other details required. Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for Storage of construction and other raw material etc.

4. Water/Drainage System:Additional requirement of water during the operation phase shall be met from GIDC. Impact on water resource at the source area from where water is to be brought to the site. Ground water contamination may occur

due to discharge of treated effluent from the proposed project as groundwater levelrages between 5-20 m bgl during any kind of accidents or leakage. This may also affect surrounding villages’ activity.

A flood warning as well as flood control system should be developed as a backup mitigation effort during any such natural disaster. Besides it is also suggested to develop the rain water drainage system and should be linked with flood control system.Water/wastewater system shall be designed and proper monitoring and care shall be taken for effective management of treated effluents.

5. Air pollution:In the process of developing the chemicals, possibility of by product air particles of different chemicals will generate air pollution that may have wide repercussion of the health of the resident population as well ecological settings of nearby wild life/ flora & fauna in the radial distance of 5 km

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP), Caustic/ Water Scrubber will be provided to mitigate flue gas and process gas emission. All suggested mitigation measure should be adapted to control/ minimize the fugitive loss.Industry will maintain the existing developed greenbelt additionally, the industry will develop greenbelt in GIDC





(effective area) from the project site.

Contamination of air due to various air pollutants from the industrial processes within and outside the premises in the radial distance of 5 km (effective area) from the project site.

area by planting the native plant species which not only attract the birds to proliferate but also improve the aesthetics as well as control soil erosion. This will turn into permanent land use change.Considering the worst case scenario. If there is any operational failure of Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) plant will be shut-down.

6. Noise Pollution:Since the process of chemical production involves various types of boilers and heat engines, it is apparent to noise pollution in the closed area/room.Some noise is anticipated through heavy vehicular movement while bringing the materials to the project site.

Necessary mitigation like acoustic enclosures, housing of noise generating machineries in closed area/room, proper maintenance & lubrication should be done to control noise level.Since the process involves use of chemical chambers/boilers, necessary acoustic enclosures will be provided. Noise generating machineries will be kept in closed area/room and should be used with proper maintenance & lubrication to control noise level.

7. Employment Generation:Impact of the project during construction phase will be positive, as it will upgrade the socio-economic status of local inhabitants by providing employment opportunities from nearby villages.During regular operation phase, it is felt that in the proposed project the need of manpower (skilled and unskilled). Since each villages is having local Self Help Groups, there would be great possibility to Integration of HH industries (Local Resources)

The company should frame the policy that all recruitments of non-technical (Temporary/ Permanent) should be made from the surrounding villages.Industry will provide temporary as well as permanentemployment to skilled/unskilled workers for the proposed expansion. It is suggested to promote and purchase cloth mask, hand gloves, apron etc from the local Self Help Groupsof the surrounding villages

8. Public Amenities (Market; Road etc): Industry has proposed to expand their production capacity in their existing premises located in notified area of GIDC,Ankleshwar. Necessary infrastructure/communication/ transportation facilities arealready available.

During Construction and in regular operation, heavy vehicles will be used to transport finished products from the project site, it is recommended that the road should wide enough for two way movement with proper sign board and direction symbols.Separate entry and exist gate shall be provided and trained security guards shall be deployed to ensure proper management and movement of vehicles within premises.The industries should initially support to build some infrastructure like approach road from its CER funds and also upgrade the surrounding public amenities (like toilets; dispensary, creation hall etc) in consultation to the local village panchayat authorities.

9. Human Health & Safety Hazards:Some health and safety hazards are anticipated to affect the persons employed in the project as regards dust particles; offensive odors; different type of waste materials, heat generated due to industrial

A regular monitoring of the occupational Health and Safety is proposed as per the requirement of factory act that will reduce the chances of accidents. This information will be reviewed and evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety





activity.During regular operations, improper storage of the raw material or finished product in open or vacant space in the premises, may lead to an accident with colossal losses of both property and human life. Probable occupational health hazard / offsite hazard identified due to handling/ storage of various chemicals and details are stated in risk assessment study with risk reduction/ control measures.

programme. Thus mask, gloves, helmet etc. should be provided and made mandatory to be used by workers. The company should prepare a contingency plan listing procedures to be executed immediately whenever there is fire, explosion or unexpected release of hazardous waste at the landfill site during the active period as well as during the closure and post-closure periods. Such a contingency plan should be get approved by the SPCB/PCC.It is advisable to have proper covered storage facility for both raw materials and for finished product and to be registered under ISO 14001; and BS OHSAS 18001.

4.13 Risk & Hazards

Table 4-19: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Risk & Hazards

Activity Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures To Be Taken

Construction activities/plant commissioning.

Health & safety issue during material handling, construction activities and mechanical equipment erection, etc

Tarpaulin sheet covers should be used on the material during transportation.Fume generation due to welding and allied activities should be negligible and restricted to project site.All workers should be trained to use welding shields and follow safer practice.PPE, viz. safety belt/net, safety helmet, safety boots, nose masks etc, should be provided to all workers.All vehicles should be properly serviced and should be required to carry valid PUC certificate.

Project activities during operation phase viz. fuel storage/ transportation fuel combustion, power generation etc

Flash Fire Cases

The highest damage distances for flash fire are for isolatable is Scenario 1.2 Isobutylene 10 MT Bullet Catastrophic Rupture at 1.5F weather condition. The maximum damage distance for Flash Fire is 164.5meter(1.8% LEL) &223.2 meter (1/2 LEL) – 1.5F of whether condition. UFL is defined as burning zone, which means people caught within the burning zone are exposed to a fatality rate of 100%.

Jet Fire

As can be seen from the results of the summary of the Quantitative Risk

From the Risk Analysis studies conducted, it would be observed that by and large, the risks are confined within the factory boundary walls in case of fire, explosion and spillage of chemicals. On site emergency plan & preparedness plan to be prepared and implemented to combat such situations. To minimize the consequential effects of the risk scenarios, following steps are recommended.Plant should meet provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1986 & the factories Act, 1948.Process hazard analysis and HAZOP study to be conducted for each process and recommendation to be implemented. Safety measures shall be implemented as





Analysis study, the Fatality distance due to Scenario 2.1 Isobutylene 10 MT Bullet Short Pipeline Rupture of 20.61 meter at 37.5 Kw/M2-(Total Damage distance),25.56 meter at 12.5 Kw/M2-(First Deg. Burn),and 32.87 Meter at 4.0 Kw/M2

Pool Fire

-(Safe Zone).

As can be seen from the results of the summary of the Quantitative Risk Analysis study, the Fatality distance due to Scenario 1.1 Isobutylene 10 MT Bullet Catastrophic Rupture at dispersion of 101.6 meterat37.5 Kw/M2 -(Total Damage distance),190.3 meter at 12.5 Kw/M2 -(First Deg. Burn), and 319.4 Meter at 4.0 Kw/M2

Late Explosion worth case - UVCE

-(Safe Zone).

As can be seen from the results of the summary of the Quantitative Risk Analysis study, the Fatality distance due to Scenario 11.3 Triethylamine 10 MT Storage Tank Catastrophic Rupture dispersion of 160.1 meterat 0.2068 bar –(100% Damage),173.5 meter at 0.1379 bar –(Ear Drum Rupture), and 424.8 meterat 0.02068 bar –(10% Glass Damage).

Maximum concentration footprint

As can be seen from the results of the summary of the Quantitative Risk Analysis study, the Fatality distance due to Scenario 15.1 Chlorine Gas 900Kg Tonner Catastrophic Rupture toxic release dispersion of 57.56 meter at 1060 ppm (LC 50 For Human), 499 meters at 85 ppm (IDLH), 948 meters at 35ppm (ERPG-2). and 2199.3 meters at 10 ppm (ERPG-1).

per provided in report.Explosive license and other statutory norms shall be incorporated in plantconstruction.Process parameter and safety shall be considered as a built in safe system.All new employees shall be trained for safe operation, handling and storage of hazardous process and material. Emergency plan shall be prepared as per QRA hazardous scenarios and periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills should be conducted, in order to train the staff and make them mentally prepare to tackle emergency.Emergency handling facilities should be maintained in a tip top condition round the clock. The details of emergency equipments are given in on site emergency Plan along with its quantity shall be procure and maintained. For proposed plant Fire & Safety organization setup to be plan for better plant safety.Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year. HSE management system shall be prepared and implemented at early stage of the plant commissioning.Permit to work system shall be implemented on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be carried out in the plant. Induction safety course should be prepared and training of all new employees before starting duties in plant should be made compulsory. Fire hydrant system and sprinkler system is provided and it should be expanded in proposed plant also. Hydrant system shall be maintained in auto mode at all time.Manual call point and smoke detectors to be installed at design level.Safety organizational setup to be plan at construction level and HSE department staff to be employed for system setup for proposed facilities.Double Static earthling and electrical earthling needs to be provided to all equipments of the plant and earth pit testing to be carried out once in a six





months.Safe operating procedure to be prepared for hazardous process and material handling process.TREM CARD, SCBA set condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down should be provided. Further all the vessels examined periodically by a recognized competent person under the Gujarat Factory Rules 1963-Rule 61(1). Proper coloring as per IS 2379 should be done in plant of pipeline network, tank and equipment’s, to protect it from corrosion.Premedical examination, periodical medical examination shall be carried out and record needs to be maintained in form No-32 & 33.Work place monitoring and health and hygiene surveillance to be carried out and recorded in Form No-37.More details are given in details Risk Assessment report attached as Annexure 7.1.


Chapter-5 Analysis Of Alternatives


Chapter – 5

Analysis Of Alternatives


ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)


Chapter 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

5.1 Site Alternative

Alternative sites have not been considered for the proposed expansion project for the following reasons;

• The proposed project being an expansion project within the existing project site, which have suitable

infrastructure facilities viz. water, power, storage, medical, communication, roads, port and rails etc in/around

the premises.

• No land acquisition is required, as sufficient space is available with the existing facility for the proposed project.

• Minimal environmental and social footprints by utilizing the existing utilities and infrastructure within the project

site. This will also exploit economies of product receipt, storage & dispatch.

• Increased efficiency of functioning due to common management and unified agency for utilities, infrastructure

and environment, safety & fire operations.

• Adequate safety and fire protection system are built in the design to handle operational upsets.

5.2 Alternative for Technologies

In our pursuit of excellence, MOL always strive for best available technologies (BAT) processes that are safe, give

quality products, give maximum yields, generate less of effluents/ byproducts and are economical. We have BAT for

our existing unit for manufacturing of existing products and the same will be continued or preferred for our

expansion activity also.


Chapter-6 Environmental Monitoring Program


Chapter – 6

EnvironmentalMonitoringProgram


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Chapter 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Monitoring program is required for each environment (air, noise, water, land, ecology and biodiversity and socio &economic) based on impacts likely to ocuur due to proposed expansion activities and its consequence as discussed in Chapter 4.

The main objectives of environmental monitoring are -

To assess the changes in environmental conditions,To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation/control measures To adopt further prevention/corrective action with respect to mitigation/control measure, if significant deteriorations in environmental quality occurs.

6.1 Details of Environment Monitoring

Regular Monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and safety measures in the plant are vital for proper environmental management of any industry. Environmental Monitoring Programme to be adopted by MOL, Ankleshwar is given in .




Table 6-1: Environmental monitoring program

Sr. No. Monitoring ScopeMeasurement Methodology

Monitoring Parameters

Special Guidance

Monitoring Frequency

LocationData Analysis /

StandardsReporting Schedule and

FrequencyEmergency Procedures/

Reactive measuresFixed Cost,

INRRecurring Cost, INR

A AMBIENT AIR

1 Ambient air qualityanalysis within premises

IS 5182 & CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 (Gravimetric Method)

PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NO

Sampling location to be selected as per CPCB guidelines

X

Once in Quarter Within the Project Site

Comparison with GPCB specified limits in Consent order

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009

Six monthly Compliance report of EC to MOEF&CC

Compliance report of CTE/CTO to GPCB as & when requirement

Monthly data submission on GPCB website

Water sprinkling will be carried out. 15,00,000 5,00,000

2 Work place air quality analysis

SPM: Net weight of collected dust on filter paper

SO2

SPM, NOx, SO

: Spectro photometric method

NOx: Spectro Method

HCl: Titrimetric MethodIS 5182 Part-4: 2014

2 As per CPCB guidelines

,HCl, HBr, CO & TVOC

Monthly Within premises Comparison with GPCB specified limits in Consent order


Compliance report of CTE/CTOto GPCB as & when requirement

Form No. 37 of Gujarat Factory Rule, 1963 has to be made available at the time of inspection by Factory Inspector.

Emergency Response Plan (ERP) will be followed.

If there will be any operational failure of APCM, the plant will be shut-down.

3 Stack emissions analysis

Boiler (3 nos.)

TFH (2 nos.)

D.G. Set (1 nos.)

Stack monitoring by Isokinetic sampling IS: 11255.

PM, SO2 Isokinetic sampling to be

performed

, NOx Monthly Flue gas stackslocated in Plant area





4 Vent emission analysis

Process vent (13 nos.)

Stack monitoring by Isokinetic sampling IS: 11255.

SO2, HCl, HBr,NH

Isokinetic sampling to be

performed3

Monthly Manufacturing process

Storage area




B WATER / WASTEWATER

5 Record of waterconsumption

Flow meter to be installed at the inlet

Water consumption

Logbook to be maintained

Daily Plant site office Comparison withpermissible water consumption


Source of excess water usage/ consumption will be idenfied and additional

25,00,000 10,00,000






Special Guidance







quantity specified in GPCB consent order



water conservation measures will be taken to reduce the same.

6 Record of wastewatergeneration

Flow meter to be installed at the outlet

Wastewater Generation

Logbook to be maintained

Daily Plant site office Comparison withpermissible wastewater generationquantity specified in GPCB consentorder




Source of excess wastewater generation will be idenfied and required measures will be taken to reduce the same.

7 Wastewater qualityanalysis

APHA : 23rd Temperature, pH, SS, Oil & Grease, BOD, COD, TDS, SS, Ammonical Nitrogen

Edition, 2017

Grab sample to be collected from the source

Daily / Monthly Treated effluentfrom outlet of ETP going to CETP




Source of excess/ additional pollution load will be identified and measures will be taken to reduce the same within the design capacity of ETP.

ETP will be upgraded, if required.

C SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE

8 Records of Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation Storage and Disposal

-- -- Keep record of Solid/ hazardous waste generation, sale, transfer, storage,recycling, recovery, preprocessing,coprocessingand utilization.

Follow Manifest system

As per generation & disposal

Solid/ Hazardouswaste storagefacility

Comparison withpermitted limitsin GPCB consent


Form 4 submission by 30th


June for financial year


Source of excess Solid/ Hazardous wastegeneration will be idenfied and measures will be taken to reduce the same.

3,00,000 5,00,000

9 Hazardous wasteanalysis

APHA: 23rd pH, Moisture content, Organic

Edition, 2017

Grab sample to be collected from the source

Monthly ETP sludgestorage facility

-- Six monthly Compliance report of EC to MOEF&CC

Source of excess Solid/ Hazardous wastegeneration will be idenfied






Special Guidance







IS: 2720 matter, Total inorganic matter Ca, Mg, SO4

-2, Cl


-

and measures will be taken to reduce the same

D NOISE

10 Ambient noise analysis

IS 9989: 1981 Noise levels on dB (A) scale

Equivalent Noiselevels using anintegrated noiselevel meter

Quarterly Within 10 km radius from the project site




To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities, the vehicle will be kept periodically serviced and maintained as per the requirement.

2,00,000 25,000

11 Work zone noise analysis

IS 4758: 1968 Equivalent Noise level on dB (A) scale

Manufacturer Method

Monthly Various work area within premises




Additional sound enclosures or acoustic enclosures will be installed to machineries, if possible.

More frequent monitoring & maintenance of the equipment will be carried out.

E SOIL

12 Soil quality analysis APHA: 23rd pH, Conductivity, Texture, BulkDensity, Porosity, OrganicMatter, Sulphate, Moisture,Sodium Sulphate, NPK, etc.

Edition, 2017, IS: 2720

Composite sampling at different depthneed to be done

Once a year: Pre-monsoon

Within premises/ Greenbelt area of site

Comparision with Previous baseline data, if available



Soil samples will be collected at regular interval for mitigation and avoid land contamination due to leakage/ Spillage of fuel or raw material.

More tree plantation will be carried out.

6,00,000 1,00,000

F AIR QUALITY

13 Meteorological parameters

IS: 8829 1978 Wind velocity, wind direction, Relative humidity,

As per CPCB guidelines

As required by statutory authority

-- -- To be monitored as required by statutory authority.

-- --- ---






Special Guidance







Temperature

G SAFETY

14 Worker’s health and safety

Pre-employment and periodic medical check-up, Daily site inspection, Accident investigation analysis etc

Health & Safety

-- Site inspection: Daily / shift wise

Medical check-up: Pre-employmnet &periodically

OHC (Occupational Health Center)

Previsous recorded health & safety data

Form No. 33* for pre-employment and Form No. 32* for periodical medical check-up record has to be made available at the time of inspection by Factory Inspector

*As prescribed in Gujarat Factory Rule, 1963

Accident investigation report will be carried out and action will be taken to avoid similar accident in future.

Additional measures will be taken for improve work zone environment, if anything found abnormal in medical report of workers.

5,00,000 2,00,000


Chapter-7 Additional Studies


Chapter – 7

AdditionalStudies


ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Chapter 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Risk Assessment

The purpose of risk assessment study includes; identification and assessment of potential hazards & risks arising from the proposed activities connected to the manufacturing marketing terminal that requires management to comply with regulatory requirements; and to reduce or eliminate to (ALARP) in terms of risk to environment, human health, risk of injury/damage to plant, equipment and business interruption etc.

The scope of the Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is Identification of Hazards and Major Loss of Containment (LOC) events which consist with calculation of physical effects of accidental scenarios, which includes frequency analysis for incident scenarios leading to hazards to people and facilities (flammable gas, fire, and smoke, explosion overpressure and toxic gas hazards) and consequence analysis for the identified hazards covering impact on people and potential escalation; damage limits identification and quantification of the risks and contour mapping on the layouts; individual risk quantification and contour mapping; societal risk quantification and contour mapping; hazard mitigation recommendations based on QRA.

Detailed risk assessment study is attached as Annexure- 7.1. Do’s & Don’ts Checklist for preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures is attached as Annexure- 7.2. Copy of health check-up report of an employee of MOL is attached as Annexure- 7.3.

7.2 Social Impact / R&R Action Plan

The socio-economic study of the study area was carried out and related details are presented in Chapter-3, section- 3.13. The proposed project to be set-up within existing premises and there is no displacement of villagers/peoples. Therefore, the R&R (Rehabilitation & Resettlement) policy/plan is not undertaken. However, the direct financial and social benefits with special emphasis on the benefit to the local people including tribal population will be preferred and the proposed budgets for corporate environment responsibility (CER) activities are summarized in Chapter- 10, section- 10.3.2.

7.3 Public Consultation

Proposed expansion project is to be set-up at existing premises of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited, located withinnotified GIDC Industrial Estate, Ankleshwar, District- Bharuch, Gujarat.

M/s Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC), Ankleshwar has been accorded Environmental and CRZ Clearance by MoEF&CC.

Since, our unit is located within GIDC, Ankleshwar, Gujarat and therefore Public Consultation is not applicable as a requirement towards obtaining Environmental Clearance.


Chapter-8 Project Benefits


Chapter – 8

Project Benefits


PROJECT BENEFITS


Chapter 8. PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 General

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited has proposed for expansion by increasing existing production capacity and addition of few new products within the existing premises in order to serve increasing demand of products from domestic and export market. It has many local, state level and national level benefits as well as also assist in improvement of the social-economic status, infrastructure facility etc. in surrounding local area through active participation in CER/CSR activities.

8.2 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

The project will improve the physical infrastructure of the adjoining areas as per following:

Infrastructure development through providing drinking water facilities in the village of the region.

Solar powered study centers to benefit the student for whom electric power is not available

Support the health care units/hospitals in the region by providing infrastructural facilities. Preventive healthcare by organizing health camps for immunization through vaccination. Curative healthcare by conducting specific health camps such as eye care for Cataract, Glaucoma etc.

Awareness program and community activities viz. family welfare programs, vocational & skill development training for youth, drinking water facility, plantation in nearby area etc.

Improved road communication; strengthening of existing community facilities through the existing community development programme.

8.3 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure

The main focus area of the activities is given below:

Residential bridge course for drop out students through free coaching classes for students belonging to economically weak background.

Conducting awareness camps for reproductive and child health

Initiatives on supporting the Ayurveda, Yoga and Homeopathy

Improve the level of literacy at primary, secondary and advanced levels of education by providing scholarships to the meritorious students, enhancing school infrastructural facilities, industrial training etc.

Sustainable livelihood and farming systems by providing awareness on various agricultural practices for better yield, pesticide and fertilizer management, etc.

Training and awareness to the self help groups for income generation

Social welfare and woman Empowerment.

There should be positive impact on the socio-economic condition of the area in terms of direct and indirect employment due to the proposed project.

8.4 Employment Potential–Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled

For proposed expansion the additional employment generation would be 476 nos. (Regular & contract)including male, female, skilled / unskilled labors and office staff of different expertise. Also, indirect employment will be anticipated by way of providing services such as civil, mechanical, electrical works. Auxiliary services such as construction materials transportation, migrant labors movement, taxi services, eateries, heavy vehicle driving set of skills, service station/garages for construction equipments and heavy vehicles will induce the demand and promote the local economy. Transportation, accommodation, food consumption by the migrant people will induce a demand in the local market thereby the boost the local business community.


PROJECT BENEFITS


This will be an opportunity for the local people to source for alternate livelihood by way of trading, selling or force to acquire new set of skills due to the change in demand pattern.

8.5 Other Tangible Benefits

In consideration of financial and social benefits with special emphasis on the benefit to the local people, budgetary fund allocated for various corporate environment responsibilities (CER) activities such as Capacity building of youth through technical training classes, Helping students for the transportation to schools and also provide facility of career counseling to the students, Establishment of SHG group in villages, To organize medical camp for the villages people at some regular time extension, Strengthening Public amenities drinking water, Sanitation, tree plantation, and Building facility for the rain water harvesting to uplift ground water level with the contribution of villages in nearby villages/area. Budgetary plan details are given under Chapter- 10, section 10.3.2.


Chapter-9 Environmental cost Benefit

Analysis


Chapter – 9

EnvironmentalCost Benefit

Analysis

EIA Report for Expansion in Production Capacity of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited by Addition of New ProductsPlot No. 5001/B, 5027 to 5034 & 5037, 4707/B & 4707/P, GIDC Estate, Ankleshwar, Dist-Bharuch, Gujarat.

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


Chapter 9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 14-09-2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. However, as per the ToR point issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF & CC), vide their letter Ref. No.: No. IA-J-11011/90/2020-IA-II(I), dated April 4, 2020, (Annexure-1.1). Hence, this study was not carried out as part of the current EIA study.


Chapter-10 Environmental Management Plan

(EMP)


Chapter – 10

EnvironmentalManagement

Plan (EMP)


ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN


Chapter 10. Environmental ManagementPlan

10.1 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives in formulating this environmental management plan are:

To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid, solid and gaseous those contribute to the degradation of the environment with appropriate technology. To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) /Pollution Control Board (PCB) regarding air emissions and liquid effluent discharge under various Act/Rules/Laws for prevention and control of pollution. To handle hazardous wastes as per the The Hazardous and other wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement Rules) 2016 and Solid Waste Management Rules 2016.To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management. To create good working conditions (avoidance of air and noise pollution) for employees. To reduce fire and risk/ accident hazards. Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management expenditure. Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment.

10.2 Environmental Management Cell

A separate Environmental Management Cell / Organogram as shown in to be set-up to undertake the monitoring of the environmental pollution level by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality, wastewater quality, noise level etc., and development of greenbelt as per Environmental Management Plan. Environmental Management Cell will meet at least once a month to assess the progress and analyze the data collected for the month as per the environmental monitoring programme (Chapter- 6), Safety and Environmental policy attached as

. Any deviation/variation noticed shall be immediately taken into consideration for improvement of the same. Yearly action plan of EMP will be updated with respect to results achieved and proposed activities for next year.

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited will carry out the monitoring to ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable values and to take preventive / corrective action by either providing new equipments or by improving the performance of the existing pollution control equipments. The Environmental Management Organogram will also co-ordinate with all the related activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the region and greenbelt development.

Figure 10-1: Environmental Management Organogram




10.3 Environmental Management Plan

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan

Sr. No.

PhaseEnvironmental

Impacting ActivitiesMitigation Measures Resources required Monitoring Location Time frame

Specific Responsibility

Success Indicator of Environment Management

1 LAND

a) Construction Excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements

Sprinkling system is to be adoptedExcavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets followed by proper disposal

Water,Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets

Visual inspection/ checks

At site Daily Site Engineer No change in land use pattern/ land coverAmbient air quality within the limits

b) Construction & Operation

Transportation, storageand handling of construction and/ or other raw material

Transportation of materials will be done as per CPCB Guidelines.The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.Necessary additional infrastructure is required to be constructed for storage.

Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets Monitoring of vehicular activities & storage area

At site Daily Environmental officer

No change in Soil structure and textureNo contamination of Ground water

c) Construction & Operation

Disposal of sewage & garbage generated

Proper sanitation facilities will be provided.Sewage will be treated in existing as well as proposed ETP and disposed to GIDC underground drainage line.

Manpower Monitoring of sewage treatment

At site Daily ETP Incharge/ Supervisor

Proper collection, treatment and disposal of sewageProper hygienic condition within the plant

d) Construction & Operation

Traffic handling&management

Traffic management will be followed as per the specified norms.Separate entry and exist gate shall be provided.Internal RCC road along with signboard of traffic sign will be provided.Regular training to drivers Implementation of MSDS and TREM card

Security staff Monitoring of vehicular movement

At entry gate Daily Security officer Proper vehicular movement & arrangementsNo road accident due to transportation

e) Operation Air pollution form production activities

Air pollution control device / measures as given in Chapter 2, section 2.14 will be adopted.LDAR programe will be followed.Industry will additionally develop greenbelt in the GIDC area adjacent to the project site.The recommended plant species will improve the site aesthetics as well as control soil erosion. This will turn into permanent land use change.If there is any operational failure of APCM,the plant will be shut-down.

Manpower Periodic stack & process vent monitoring

At manufacturing process and stack area

Once in a month Environmental officer

Adequate green beltNo change in land use pattern/ land cover

2 GEOLOGY AND SOIL




a) Construction Excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular movements. Handling of construction and/or other raw materials.

Excavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/ tarpaulin sheets and reused for landscape development along the corridor and for use in green belt.Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for Storage of construction and other raw material etc.Transportation of materials will be done as per CPCB Guidelines.The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.

Manpower, Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets, Adequate storage area

Visual inspection/ checks

At site Daily Site Engineer No change in soil structure and texture

b) Construction & Operation

Disposal of sewage & garbage generated




Proper collection, treatment and disposal of sewageProper hygienic condition within the plant


Air pollution form production activities

Generated top soil will be used in plantation to enure minimum significant impact on soil of the core zone.LDAR programe will be followed.Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) andCaustic/Water Scrubber will be provided to mitigate flue gas and process gas emission. Adequate stack height will be provided for proper dispersion of pollutants.Soil samples will be collected and tested at regular intervals from the nearby areas.

Manpower Periodic stack & process vent monitoring

At manufacturing process and stack area


No change in soil structure and texture

d) Operation Storage of Solid/ Hazardous waste

Storage containers that are compatible with the type of waste stored, and are made of durable, weather- and corrosion resistant materials will be used.Proper acidproof flooring /liners will be carried out to avoid any contamination of soil.Soil analysis will be carried out.Continually monitoring of hazardous waste volume will be done to limit the amount of hazardous waste on-site.

Manpower Monitoring of Hazardous waste management

At Solid/ Hazardous waste storage area

Daily Environmental officer

No spillages, leakages or contamination due to storage.No significant change in soil quality throught year.

3 GEOHYDROLOGY

a) Construction & Operation

Storage and Disposal of sewage & garbage generated




Proper collection, treatment and disposal of sewage

b) Construction &Operation

Transportation, Storage and Handling of Construction and/or other Raw Material.

Properly lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or material like area for storage of raw material etc.

Manpower , Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets, Adequate storage area

Monitoring of vehicular activities & storage area

At site Daily Site Engineer and Security team

No spillages, leakages or dusting during transportation, handling and storage activities.




The dumpers will be covered to prevent spillage or dusting.


Usage of water Water requirement will met through GIDC. 300 KLD treated wastewater will be recycled to reduce fresh water consumption,

Budget allocation Monitoring of water consumption


Water consumption within the allowable limitUplift of ground water level around project premises

d) Operation Discharge of treated effluent

Water/wastewater treatment and its conveyance system shall be designed and proper monitoring and care shall be taken for effective management of treated effluents.

-- Monitoring of wastewater disposal

At ETP office Daily Environmental officer

No spillages, leakages or contamination due to underground wastewater conveyance system

4 METEOROLOGY

a) Construction Excavation of soil, handling and storage of construction material/waste and transportation

Tarpaulin sheets will be used for barricading and special care will be taken in prevailing downwind direction.During design/ construction of vent/stack; meteorology of the study area should be considered.

Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets Monitoring of Ambient air quality

At site Daily Site Engineer Air quality within the limits Adequate greenbelt area

b) Operation Emissions from stack, vents and fugitive emissions.

APCM will be provided to control emissions/ fugitive emissions, details are given Chapter-2.LDAR programe will be followed.Trees having higher Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) should be planted in the prevailing downwind direction. This will ensure that by the time the unit goes into the production, the trees of the given APTI will be grown enough which act as a barrier for fugitive emissions/odor to accept any accidental release of chemicals.

Manpower Monitoring of air quality

At site Once in a month Environmental officer

5 AIR

a) Construction Excavation, civil construction, transportation and handling of construction materials and installation of equipments

Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, sprinkling of water during this phase, providing sufficient vegetation etc.

Water, Manpower Monitoring of Ambient air quality

At site Daily Site Engineer Ambient air quality within the limitsAdequate greenbelt area

b) Operation Flue & process gas emissions

ESP and Caustic/Acidic/Water Scrubber will be provided to mitigate flue gas and process gas emission. LDAR programe will be followed.If there is any operational failure of APCM plant will be shut-down.Action plan for odour control has been prepared and will be implemented as described in Chapter 2.

--

Monitoring of Ambient air quality

At site Once in a month Environmental officer




Transport, handling and storage activities

Closed containers to reduce the fugitive emissions as well as adequate APCM will be provided.Control measures for fugitive emission will be implemented as described in Chapter 2.

6 NOISE

a) Construction Due to construction equipments and vehicular movement

Acoustic enclosures, improved silencers, insulated enclosures will be provided in theequipments generating high noise.Proper maintenance & lubrication to control noise level.Provision of PPEs to personnel working in high noise generating areaDevelopment of greenbelt

PPEs, Manpower, servicingagency

Monitoring of Noise level

At site Daily Site Engineer Noise level not exceeding 75-85dB (A) at a distance of 1.5 m from the equipment.

Adequate greenbelt area

b) Operation Due to operation of pumps, Boiler, D.G. Set, compressors and cooling tower etc


7 WATER

a) Construction Water consumption & sewage generation

Water requirement will met through GIDC. Sewage will be treated in existing as well as proposed ETP and disposed to GIDC underground drainage line.

Skilled Manpower Monitoring of waterconsumption, sewage disposal

At site Daily Site Engineer Water consumption and Sewage/ wastewater generation within the allowable limitTreated wastewater parameter within the allowable limitReduction in fresh water consumption

b) Operation Water consumption & wastewater generation

Water requirement will met through GIDC. No rainwater harvesting system is proposed so as to avoid any contamination on line of roof or on the ground from going into the subsoil aquifer. Storm water drainage facility has been/will be properly maintained to avoid accumulation of rain water during the monsoon season.

300 KLD treated wastewater will be recycled to reduce fresh water consumption,Sewage and Industrial wastewater will be treated in an existing and a proposed ETP.Treated water confirming the stipulated norms will be discharged into NCTL CETP through GIDC underground drainage line.

Skilled Manpower, Budget allocation

Monitoring of water consumption, wastewater generation, treatment & disposal


8 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY(GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT )

a) Construction & Operation

Manufacturing process and other ancillary activities

Greenbelt will be developed and maintained (as per EB expert and CPCB guidelines) within the premises/ around the premises to control the expected pollutants due to proposed project activity as well as to improve the aesthetic.Greenbelt development plan including nos. of trees, species/ type of trees, rows of trees and green belt density etc. are detailed inSection-3.12Conservation measures will be adopted with respect to same; details are given in Chapter-

Budget allocation, Manpower

Monitoring of greenbelt development plan

At site &outside As per planning schedule

Environmental officer

Adequate greenbelt area




3, Section-3.11

9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC

a) Operation -- To minimize strain on existing infrastructure adequate provision of basic amenities education, health, transport etc is made considering the needs of workplace and migrating population.Employment strategy would prefer employment of local people, promote Skill developmentTo mitigate the adverse impact likely to arise in social, cultural and economical aspects in the surrounding region and the proposed project is expected to contribute towards enlistment of local people quality of life CER activity will be organized. CER activities are proposed by the industry and budgetary details are given in Section-10.3.2.

Budget allocation, Manpower

Monitoring of CERactivities

At site As per planning schedule

HR Team Improvement in socio-economic condition of nearby beneficial villages

10 RISK & HAZARDS

a) Construction Construction activities/plant commissioning

Tarpaulin sheet covers should be used on the material during transportation.Fume generation due to welding and allied activities should be negligible and restricted to project site.All workers will be trained to use welding shields and follow safer practice.PPE, viz. safety belt/net, safety helmet, safety boots, nose masks etc, should be provided to all workers.

Plastic/ tarpaulin sheets, PPEs, Training officer

Monitoring of risk & hazards

At site Daily Safety officer/ EHS team

No reportable injury occur

b) Operation Project activities viz. fuel storage/ transportation fuel combustion, power generation, Manufacturing processetc

On site emergency plan & preparedness plan to be prepared and implemented to combat such situations. Fire hydrant system and sprinkler system is provided and it should be expanded in proposed plant also.TREM CARD, SCBA set condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down should be provided. A regular monitoring of the occupational Health and Safety is proposed as per the requirement of factory act that will reduce the chances of accidents.More details are given in details Risk Assessment report attached as Annexure 7.1.Do’s & Don’ts Checklist for preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures is attached as Annexure- 7.2

Budget allocation, OHC, Training officer

Monitoring of risk & hazards

At site 1. Daily2. Quarterly3. Once in year

1. Safety officer/ EHS team

2. Internal audit team

3. Third party audit

No reportable injury occur

Less/No NC during audit/ assessment

11 OTHER




a)

Operation

Waste-minimization steps Use of automated filling system for reactor, tanks and drums to minimize spills.Use of low-volume, high efficiency cleaning systems (e.g. high pressure spray nozzles & steam cleaners)General good housekeeping practices have been adopted.Fly ash and bottom ash will be sold to the brick manufacturer or cement industries.

Budget allocation, Training officer, Manpower

Monitoring of waste minimization measures


Good housekeeping

b) Recycle/reuse/recover techniques

Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE)&RO plant is to be installed to reduce fresh water consumption. (Reuse of 37.5 % the total wastewater generated)Solvent recovery system has been installed for the recovery of solvent and reuse back in manufacturing process.

Skilled manpower Monitoring of RO and MEE plant operation

RO and MEE plant Daily Environmental officer

Desired efficiency

c) Energy conservation steps

Company has provided CFL lights within the industrial premises.Company will install Solar Operated LED lights in common street areas. Power generation capacity of each light will be 10W.

Budget allocation Visual inspection/ checks

At site Monthly Electrical Team --

d) Natural resource conservation steps

Natural gas will be used for proposed 2 nos. of TFH.

Manpower Monitoring of Natural gas usage

At site Daily Utility team --




10.3.1 Greenbelt Development Plan

Please refer section 3.12 for gren belt development plan.

10.3.2 Socio Economic Development Plan/ Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER):

The proposed expansion project will increase direct/indirect employment opportunity for surrounding area local residents. Industry is also committed to make contribution to other social/cultural activities to be conducted in the area. Industry is committed to participate in various developmental activities including community welfare programme for overall improvement of the socio-economic environment in the project area through its effective Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) / Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) programme.

Company has allocated fund/ budget of Rs. 34 lakhs (approximately 4 % of the total project cost) for activities under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) as per MoEFCC- Office Memorandum (OM) dated 1st

Table 10-2: Details of budget allocated towards CER activities

May 2018. The proposed financial and social benefits with special emphasis on the benefit to the local people under CERprogramme are summarized under .

Activities*

Implementation Schedule Total Budgetary

cost(Rs.)*

2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26

Road repairing work 2,00,000 2,00,000 2,00,000 2,00,000 2,00,000 10,00,000Education of economical weaker children; scholarships to meritorious students &distribution of education materials to the needy children etc.

1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 5,00,000

Vocational and skill development training for youth, promotion of sports activities in the area.

1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 5,00,000

Tree plantation /rain water harvesting

50,000 50,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 4,00,000

Medical camps for local villages.

1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 5,00,000

Drinking water facility, sanitation, solar lighting etc.

1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 5,00,000

Total 6,50,000 6,50,000 7,00,000 7,00,000 7,00,000 34,00,000

*Hike in material cost over the years and demand could be more for the desired infrastructure for each year.

1. Donated Rs. 35 Lakh to JaybenModi Hospital, Ankleshwar for Set up of Burn Ward. Also Full-fledged ambulance is provided.

CSR Activities carried out by Meghmani group of year 2019-2020

2. Planned for Entrance Gate at Dahej Village at the Cost of Rs. 40 Lakh3. Donated Rs. 05 Lakh to AsmitaVikas Kendra at Bharuch for the treatment of mentally impaired children.4. We are one of the founder members of Dr.Jivraj Mehta Hospital, Ahmedabad. Recently, we donated Rs. 75

Lakh to Dr. Jivraj Mehta Hospital to set up Blood Bank facilities. 5. Donated Rs. 11 Lakh recently to promote Sanskrut language and spreading of traditional Vedic knowledge,

a SanskrutPathshala, at the banks of Narmada River.




6. Donated Rs. 11 Lakh into the PM Relief Fund as the appeal by our PM for the welfare of widows of martyred soldiers.

7. To encourage higher education to the weaker section of students at Vadodara City, a Hostel is constructed at M.S. University Campus with our help of Rs. 22 Lakh.

8. At Panoli, Bharuch, Four School Rooms have been constructed.9. At our Umiyadham Campus, about 1500 student girls from rural background are availing our hostel & free

food facilities. 10. At Ahmedabad S.G. Highway outskirt SardarDham Hostel facilities is created for rural background students

to study at various colleges at Ahmedabad.11. Donated Rs. 25 Lakh to Gujarat Cancer Society recently. This donation is part of our annual CSR activities. 12. Rs. 11 Lakh has been donated to the charitable trust hospital of Ankleshwar. 13. Blood donation camps are our routine activities at Dahej, Bharuch & at various locations.14. Red Cross has provided us many certificates for our regularly on-going blood donation camp activities. 15. At Dahej for Salt Workers, regular medical check-up camps are being organized. 16. Dahej Govt. school students are being provided textbooks & uniforms regularly.17. For Improvement of Human Index, we have initiated concept of PPP Scheme under PPP Scheme of Govt.

of Gujarat by taking the responsibility for some years for the development of Civil Hospital and ITI at Viramgam, Gujarat.

18. We have started arranging Talk Show (open to all), wherein prominent speakers share their thoughts. Subject spread in National, Social, Spiritual, and Cultural.

19. Recently we provided Uniform, Shoes to the Students and Benches, Blackboards to the school at Shri. Swaminarayan Secondary School and Meghmani Higher Secondary School. This school is located in one of the remote place like Viramgam, Ahmedabad. Total donation is Rs. 23 Lakh.

20. Our organisation believes in helping the people of our Society. During the COVID-19, as Corporate Social Responsibility, total Rs. 22 Lakh has been donated by Meghmani Organics Ltd. to the Chief Minister Relief Fund (Gujarat) (Rs. 11 Lakh has been deposited to the Collector Ahmedabad and Rs.11 Lakh to the Collector, Bharuch).

21. During the COVID-19, Meghmani has Distribute food (Rasan Kits) to the lockdown affected people at Ahmedabad and Bharuch region.

22. As part of Corporate Social Responsibility, during COVID-19, we offered many institutes for free supply of hand sanitizer, one of our products.

10.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting

No rainwater harvesting system is proposed so as to avoid any contamination on line of roof or on the ground from going into the subsoil aquifer.

10.3.4 Occupational Health and Safety management plan

Company is committed towards the Health & Safety of workers and provides a facility of pre-medical check-up and periodical medical examination of employees for detecting any kind of adverse effect on the health of employee due to the chemical or work place condition and providing opportunity to improve the working condition.

To minimize the adverse health effects all necessary/ suitable personnel protective equipments like helmet, safety goggles, gum boots, earmuff/ear plug and safety net etc will be provided for working personnel.

All suggested/proposed pollution control devices/measure should be installed and operated / maintained properly on regular basis.

All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company as well unit is also committed towards the Health & Safety of workers and will provide a facility of pre-medical check-up of employees for detecting any kind of adverse effect on the health of employee due to the chemical or work place condition and providing opportunity to improve the working condition.

The workers exposed to higher noise level will be provided with ear muffs/ear plugs. The workers exposed to higher noise level will be provided with ear muffs/ ear plugs. Proper handling of the materials and the maintenance of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be followed to ensure safety within the plant area.




Drinking water supply for the employees will be provided by the project proponent and the standard of the drinking water will be as per guidelines. Proper sanitary facilities will be made available by the project proponent so that employees do not suffer from any health ailments. The employees will be made aware of general practices sanitary practices.

Periodical training programme to inform the employees about their task, associated risk, and safe –working practices will be undertaken. Training will also include information on accident prevention, proper control and maintenance of equipment and safe material handling practices. To refresh the academic and skill improvement as per management requirement, induction training and external training will be provided to fresher’s with respect to “Industrial Safety & Health Training”.

Onsite-offsite emergency plan/disaster management plan will be developed as per the suggestion made in Risk Assessment Study. A regular monitoring of the occupational Health and Safety will reduce the chances of accidents hence all the records of job related accidents and illness will be maintained as per the requirement of Gujarat Factory Act. This information will be reviewed and evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety programme.

Regular work place monitoring will be carried out Form-37 will be maintained as per Gujarat Factory Rules.




10.4 Budgetary Allocation for Pollution Control Arrangements

The budgetary allocation towards pollution control arrangements for the proposed project is presented in the .

Table 10-3: Budgetary allocation towards pollution control arrangements

It is expected that unit shall expend a capital cost about Rs. 56 Lacs and annual recurring cost about Rs. 23.25 Lakhs towards environment management which is based on current financial assets of environmental management systems/techniques.

Sr. No.

Area of Expenditure

Capital Cost

(Rs.)

Recurring

Cost /Annum

(Rs.)

Basis for cost estimation

1. Air Pollution Control

15,00,000 5,00,000 Capital cost would include air pollution control devices and the recurring cost would include operation and maintenance of pollution control devices and stack monitoring.

2. Water Pollution Control

25,00,000 10,00,000 Capital cost would include cost of waste water management system (ETP) and recurring cost would include maintenance charges, evaporation charges, manpower salary etc.

3. Noise Pollution Control

2,00,000 25,000 Capital cost would include providing adequate sound enclosures and recurring cost would include monitoring of noise level.

4. Hazardous Waste Pollution

Control

3,00,000 5,00,000 Capital cost would include expense for providing storage area for hazardous waste and recurring cost would be for solid/ hazardous waste packing and for the membership of TSDF site and CHWIF.

5. Green belt Development

6,00,000 1,00,000 Capital cost would include development of green belt and recurring cost would include maintenance charges.

6. Occupational Health & Safety

5,00,000 2,00,000 Capital cost would include expense for providing stock/storage of personnel protective equipment’s and safety systems etc. and recurring cost would include maintenance charges.

Total 56,00,000 23,25,000 --


Chapter-11 Summary And Conclusion


Chapter – 11

Summary and Conclusion


SUMMURY AND CONCLUSION


Chapter 11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited- Ankleshwar intends to undergo expansion of its existing production capacity with addition of few new products, which will be implemented within the existing premises, no additional land is required. To comply with the growing market demand of the existing and proposed Agrochemicals and Intermediate products, unit proposes to expand the manufacturing capacity from 259.4 MT/Month to 1,495MT/Month.

The EIA study has been undertaken to assess the potential significant adverse environmental due to the proposed expansion activities. The present impact assessment study indicates that the overall impact from the proposed expansion project will be short term, reversible, localised and are not expected to contribute significantly to the surrounding environment. Also, with the implementation of the pollution control and strengthen the existing environment management measures, these anticipated impacts due to construction and operation of the proposed project will be mitigated.

Mitigation measures have been proposed as part of EMP to minimize adverse environmental impacts. Risk assessment includes Vapour Cloud expansion, Pool Fire, jet fire for the storage & internal transfer pipelines. The existing Emergency Response & Disaster Management Plan will be prepared to this project, strengthened as necessary and implemented in the event of any emergency arising due to above mentioned risks.

MOL will also ensure that the environmental performances of all the activities are monitored throughout execution of the project during both construction and operation phase. Monitoring will include analysis of ambient air, work place air, stack emission, process/vent emission, wastewater, hazardous waste, soil, noise level of ambient and workzone area etc. along with records of water consumption, wastewater generation, solid/hazardous waste generation and disposal etc. as presently being followed and verify that they meet the prescribed standards. Thecompany will continue to report environmental performance and monitoring reports regularly to statutory authorities.

Over the years, MOL has developed systems and procedures for effective environmental management. The effective management system coupled with monitoring of environmental components and efforts for continual improvements will result in exemplary environmental performance.


Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged


Chapter – 12

Disclosure of Consultants

Engaged


DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED


Chapter 12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (AECPL) is a group of young professionals dedicated to assignments in Pollution Control under the dynamic leadership of Mr. Rakesh Shah be it Air, Solid or Water related Pollution Control.

Since1978, Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (earlier known as Anand Consultants) has been working as Environmental Engineers in India as well as Bangladesh. During the said 41 years, AECPL have worked for different type of industries providing various services related to consultancy, laboratory, field studies, project execution as well as operation and maintenance. Turnkey assignments are undertaken by a sister concern.

AECPL happen to be Environmental Auditors appointed by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board as per the directives of the Honorable High Court of Gujarat.

AECPL has been accredited by QCI/ NABET. Environmental testing laboratory of AECPL has also been accredited by NABL,(Annexure- 12.1 and Annexure- 12.2).

AECPL have the necessary manpower and expertise in various fields as also the required infrastructure facilities to carry out work related to environmental engineering.

E-mail:

Contact information:16, Everest Tower, Nr. Ankur Society, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-13, Gujarat. Ph./Fax:079-27484871

Web.: [email protected]

Name Designation Area of Expertise

Degree / Qualification Years of Exp.

EIA Coordinators (EC)/ Functional Area Experts (FAE) Mr. Rakesh C. Shah (Director)

Environmental Engineer

AP, WP, RH, SHW

M.S. (U.S.A.) B.Tech. (IIT)

41

Mr. Deepak Chanchad

Empanelled Expert

RH B.Sc., M.Sc. Chemistry PDIS (Industrial Safety)

32

Dr. ManojEledath Empanelled Expert

EB Ph.D. M.Sc. (Bioscience) 26

Ms.Dipal Shah Environmental Scientist

AP, SHW, AQ

M.Sc. (Env. Science) B.Sc. (Microbiology)

11

Mr. Awadhesh Kumar Empanelled Expert

AP, WP, RH, SHW

M. Tech. (Env. Engineering) M.Sc. (Env. Science) PG.D.(Ind. Safety)

10

Functional Area Experts (FAE) Bharat Soni Geologist

LU, HG,

GEO M.Sc. Geology B.Sc. Geology

40

Mr. Rajendra T. Gohil Empanelled Expert

NV B. E. (Env. Engineering) 10

Mr. Mayur Kumar B. Solanki

Socio-Economist SE MSW (Master of Social Work) B.A. (English)

4

Functional Area Associates (FAA) Mr. Siddharth Environmental

Engineer NV, SHW M.Tech. (Env. Engineering)B.Tech. (Civil Engineering)

3.0

Ms. AlpaPativala Chemical Engineer

RH B.E. (Chem. Engineering) 3.0


DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED


Name Designation Area of Expertise

Degree / Qualification Years of Exp.

Ms. Rachana Panchal Environmental Scientist

WP, EB M.Sc (Env. Science) B.Sc. (Chemistry)

3.0

Ms. Falguni Mistry Environmental Engineer

AP, SHW M.E. (Env. Engineering) B.E. (Env. Engineering)

2.5

Ms. Riya Doshi Environmental Engineer

AQ, NV B.E. (Env. Engineering) 2.0

Mr. Digvijay Solanki Environmental Engineer

AP, WP B.E. (Env. Engineering) 2.0

Mr. Mahesh Chovatiya Environmental Chemist

WP, AP M.Sc. (Env. Science) B.Sc. (Env. Science)

1.4

Team Members Mr. M. M. Khatri Environmental

Scientist AP, WP M.Sc. (Organic Chemistry)

B.Sc. (Chemistry) 26

Mr. Chintan R. Shah

Civil Engineer WP, SHW

M.S. (Civil Engineering) B.E. (Civil Engineering)

3

Mr. Mukund Kumar Environmental Engineer

SHW, NV M.E. (Env. Engineering) B.E. (Civil. Engineering)

3

Technical Support Mr. Vishal Jadhav Environmental

Chemist -- B.Sc. (Env. Science) 1.5

Mr. Mahesh Singh Environmental Scientist

-- M.Sc. (Env. Science)B.Sc. (Env. Science)

0.6

NOTE:

M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited - Environmental Clearance

Documents

Transcript of M/s. Meghmani Organics Limited - Environmental Clearance